Y ft - ff\ HARVARD UNIVERSITY LIBRARY OF THE Museum of Comparative Zoology BULLETIN OF THE Wisconsin Natural History Society PUBLISHED WITH THE COOPERATION OF THE Public Museum of the City of Milwaukee EDITOR: RICHARD A. MUTTKOWSKI ASSOCIATE EDITORS: P. H. DERNEHL HOWLAND RUSSEL EDGAR E. TELLER F. W. WERNER WAVERLY PRESS BALTIMORE, MD. S'-A'/f-yH THE WISCONSIN NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY Milwaukee, Wisconsin Organized May 6, 1851 OFFICERS AND DIRECTORS (April 1915-1916) George P. Barth, President 302 Twenty -first Street, Milwaukee Henry L. Ward, Vice-President Public Museum, Milwaukee Edgar E. Teller, Director 3321 Sycamore Street, Milwaukee John R. Heddle, Treasurer Public Museum, Milwaukee Wm. J. Brinckley, General Secretary Public Museum, Milwaukee Date of Publication No. 1 March 20, 1915 No. 2 , June 1, 1915 No. 3 October 26, 1915 No. 4 April, 1920 u TABLE OF CONTENTS VOLUME XIII, 1915 r Proceedings 1 On the Food of the Small Shore Fishes in the Waters Near Madison, Wisconsin. (Map.) By A. S. Pearse 7 Entomostraca from St. Paul Island, Alaska. (Illustrated.) By C. Juday and R. A. Muttkowski 23 Breeding Habits of Centhophilus latens, the Camel Cricket. (Illus- trated.) By Clarence L. Turner 32 Description of a Trichopterous Larva from the Priblof Islands, Alaska. (Illustrated.) By Richard A. Muttkowski 42 Proceedings 47 Studies in Tetragoneuria ( Odonata ) II. By Richard A. Muttkowski. . 49 Birds of Green Lake County, Wisconsin. (Map.) By John N. Lowe 62 On Gomphus cornutus Tough {Odonata). (Illustrated.) By R. A. Muttkowski and A. D. Whedon 88 The Status of Harris’s Sparrow in Wisconsin and Neighboring States. By Alvin R. Cahn 102 New Insect Life Histories. (Illustrated.) By Richard A. Muttkowski 109 An Ecological Survey of the Wingra Springs Region, near Madison, Wisconsin, with Special Reference to its Ornithology. (Illus- trated.) By Alvin Robert Cahn 123 Proceedings 179 List of Members 185 The Ability of Turtles to Discriminate Between Sounds. (Illus- trated.) By Olive Andrews 189 An Ecological Survey of Lake Butte Des Morts Bog, Oshkosh, Wiscon- sin. (Illustrated.) By Olive Andrews 196 iii BA U15 \ VOLUME XIII (New Series) MARCH, 1915 NUMBER 1 BULLETIN OF THE Wisconsin Natural History Society PUBLISHED WITH THE COOPERATION OF THE Public Museum of the City of Milwaukee EDITOR: RICHARD A. MUTTKOWSKI P. H. DERNEHL ASSOCIATE EDITORS: HOWLAND RUSSEL EDGAR E. TELLER The Wisconsin Natural History Society MILWAUKEE, WISCONSIN ORGANIZED MAY 0, 1857 OFFICERS AND DIRECTORS 1914-15 George P. Barth, President 302 Twenty-first Street, Milwaukee Henry L. Ward, Vice-President Public Museum, Milwaukee Edgar E. Teller, Director 3321 Sycamore Street, Milwaukee J. R. Heddle, Treasurer Public Museum, Milwaukee Wm. J. Brinckley, General Secretary Public Museum, Milwaukee PUBLICATION The “Bulletin of the Wisconsin Natural History Society.” Matter intended for publication should be sent to the editor of the Bulle- tin, who will transmit it to the associate editor of the proper department for consideration. EDITORS Editor: Richard A. Muttkowski, Biology Building, University of Wis- consin, Madison, Wis. ASSOCIATE EDITORS Db. P. H. Dernehl Department of Zofilogy Howland Russel Department of Botany Edgar E. Teller Department of Geology MEETINGS Regular meetings are held on the last Thursday of each month, except July and August, in the trustees’ room at the Public Museum Building, Milwaukee, and meetings of the combined sections on the second Thursday of each month, at the same place. MEMBERSHIP DUES Active Members, S3. 00 per annum; Junior Members, SI. 00 per annum; Corresponding Members, $2.00 per annum; Life Members, one payment of $50.00. MAS SO 1915 BULLETIN OF THE WISCONSIN NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY Vol. 13 MARCH, 1915 No. 1 PROCEEDINGS Milwaukee, Wis., January 29, 1914. Regular meeting of the society. President Barth in the chair. Forty-two persons present. Minutes of last meeting read and approved. The name of Miss Rosa J. Katz, 512 Park Place, was presented for active membership and was referred to the board of directors for action. The lecture for the evening was delivered by Prof. R. M. Strong, of the University of Chicago; the subject being “Home Life of Some Native Birds.” Professor Strong gave observations on the gull and tern colonies that were observed during a trip to Door County and neighboring islands, the special purpose of the trip being to study the birds during the nesting season. Found gulls on almost all the unoccupied islands of the Door County peninsula. The gulls do not get their adult plumage until four or five years of age. Have several well marked cries, such as the alarm cry, the joy call or chal- lenge call, the mewing call; and a few other minor calls. Gulls are rather sensitive to extremes of heat and cold. During a storm, they will face the wind. A number of variations in individuals, especially as regards nesting habits, were noted by the speaker. A few individuals were ob- served to nest in trees. A question if this reaction is due to an inherited or acquired character. The lecture was illustrated by many colored slides. At the conclusion of the lecture, Professor Strong was given a vote of thanks by the society. The meeting then adjourned. Milwaukee, Wis., February 12, 1914. Meeting of the combined sections. President Barth in the chair. Eight members present. Minutes of last meeting read and approved. The names of Leon H. Conklin, 562 Logan Ave., and Alvin L. Throne, Route 2, were presented for junior membership and were referred to the board of directors for action. Mr. Mann and Mr. Teller gave observations on the extent of gull colonies in Door County and the neighboring portions of Michigan. 1 2 Bulletin Wisconsin Natural History Society [Vol. 13, No. 1 Mr. lleddle exhibited a number of recent additions to the botanical collections of the Public Museum. Mr. Teller described the Hamilton formation that lies immediately north of Milwaukee, and showed some fossils from this particular locality. The meeting then adjourned. Milwaukee, Wis., Feburary 26, 1914. Regular meeting of the society. President Barth in the chair. Thirty-eight persons present. Minutes of last meeting read and approved. The name of Mr. T. E. B. Pope, Public Museum, was presented for active membership and was referred to the board of directors for action. The chair announced that this society would participate in the joint meeting of various scientific societies of the state, to be held under the auspices of the Wisconsin Academy of Sciences, Arts and Letters. The meeting wall be held in the Public Museum building in the early part of April. Mr. Russel read an obituary of the late Dr. George Williams Peckham, one of the oldest members of the society; one to whose active interest and valuable scientific contributions is due in large measure the success of this organization. The society deeply feels the loss of one of its most dis- tinguished members. The obituary, which was prepared by a committee composed of Messrs. Russel, Graenicher and Teller, will be published in the next number of the Bulletin. Dr. Arthur S. Pearse, of the Department of Zoology, University of Wisconsin, gave an illustrated lecture on the subject “ Tropical Nature in Columbia. ” The lecture consisted, for the most part of an account of the interesting forms of animal and plant life observed by Dr. Pearse, as a member of an expedition that was undertaken by the University of Michigan to the Santa Marta Mountains, Colombia, in the summer of 1913. The plan carried out by the expedition was the study of the animal life of a narrow strip of land, from the mountain altitudes to the lowlands; particular attention being given to the habits and local distribution of the species. The tropical forest. The most striking impression that the tropical forest presents is the fact that there is a most intense struggle for existence among the components of the vegetation. Numerous woody climbers, twiners and other vines, and many bromeliaceous epiphytes manage to exist in the dense growth of trees. The forest seemed to be full of birds. The plumage of these birds when observed in their natural habitats appears to be less highly colored, than our common impression of tropical birds would lead us to believe. Tapirs were present but seldom seen. Of the smaller animals of the forest were many butterflies of gaudy colors, ta- rantulas, and numerous tree-inhabiting lizards and vinesnakes. Probably the most conspicuous objects of the forest were the large ants’ nests. 1915] Proceedings The desert. Here were seen the large tree-like cacti, and the acacia trees. Lizards the most typical animals of the desert. Mountain torrential streams; lowland rivers. Most all the animals in- habiting the torrential streams have developed accessory organs for guard- ing against dislodgment. The tree-frog carries its eggs on the surface of its back. Iguanas were seen near the lowland streams; mangrove swamps near the mouths of the estuaries. At the conclusion of a discussion of questions suggested by the lecture, Dr. Pearse was tendered a vote of thanks. The meeting then adjourned. Milwaukee, Wis., March 12, 1914. Meeting of the combined sections. Mr. Teller in the chair. Twenty-three persons present. Minutes of last meeting read and approved. Mr. H. Clowes, of the Public Museum, exhibited some new, life-size models of native Wisconsin plants. These models are to be installed in the Museum, as a part of the proposed synoptic exhibit in botany. The speaker then read a short paper on the preservation of plant material and on the preparation of specimens for exhibit. Mr. Teller described a number of the fossils of the Niagara formation at Racine. He illustrated his remarks by means of specimens. The meeting then adjourned. Milwaukee, Wis., March 26, 1914. Regular meeting of the society. President Barth in the chair. Twenty-five persons present. Minutes of last meeting read and approved. The name of Mr. Joseph D. Hood, Biological Survey, Washington, D. C., was presented for membership and referred to the board of directors for action. Word having been received from the treasurer, Mr. Beckmann, that he would leave the city permanently within a few days, it was voted that the secretary act as treasurer pro tern, until a formal letter of resignation would be given by Mr. Beckmann. The lecture for the evening was given by Prof. H. H. Newman, of the University of Chicago, on the subject “The Physical Basis of Sex Deter- mination.” Professor Newman remarked on the inadequacy of the older theories and then gave the results of some of the latest researches into the question of sex in animals. There is a considerable body of soundly established facts to show that, the determination of sex depends on the “x” element in the sex cells. In all groups of animals, except birds and echinoderms, reduction, in the female, occurs in such a manner that there is an even number of chromo- somes in the egg cell; but in the male, there are formed two kinds of sex cells, one of which kind contains the unpaired “x” element or “x” chromo- 4 Bulletin Wisconsin Natural History Society [Vol. 13, No. 1 some. Sex is therefore determined by which type of male cell fuses with the egg cell. But in birds and echinoderms, it is the female that has the dimorphic chromosomes. The speaker also gave an account of some of his own investigations on the subject, especially those on a species of armadillo, specimens of which were collected in Texas. At the conclusion of the lecture, Professor Newman was tendered a vote of thanks by the society. The meeting then adjourned. Milwaukee, Wis., April 30, 1914. Meeting of the combined sections. Mr. Teller in the chair. Seven persons present. Minutes of last meeting read and approved. A number of topics were discussed by those present. An exhibit of fossils from the Hamilton formation at Arkona, Ontario, was made by Mr. Teller. The specimens shown were chiefly corals and crinoids. The meeting then adjourned. Milwaukee, Wis., May 14, 1914. Meeting of the combined sections. President Barth in the chair. Eleven persons present. Minutes of last meeting read and approved. The president asked for expressions as to the advisability of holding an annual banquet for the present year. The general concensus of opinion was that it would be best to omit this function. Mr. Teller called attention to the recent change in nomenclature of some fossils of the genus Dicklocephalus, which now becomes Saukia. He showed type specimens, which were collected in Sauk County, and upon which the original descriptions of the species lodensis and crassimarginatus were based. Dr. Sherman answered a number of inquiries as to the identity and edi- bility of certain mushrooms. Then followed an interesting discussion, participated in by Messrs. Barth, Finger and Teller, of the former ecological conditions in the region about Milwaukee, especially of the tamarack swamp areas. Mr. Heddle exhibited two botanical specimens recently added to the herbarium of the Public Museum: Dwarf Trillium ( T . nivale), collected by Mr. J. M. W. Pratt in town of Milwaukee (the second reported locality for Milwaukee Co.) ; and Speckled Alder ( Alnus incana), collected in flower by Mr. A. Brown, in town of Wauwatosa, at the early date of January 25, 1914. The meeting then adjourned. 1915] Proceedings 5 Milwaukee, Wis., May 28, 1914. Annual meeting of the society. President Barth in the chair. Twenty-five persons present. Minutes of last meeting read and approved. The name of Miss Lillian Sieker, 860 Downer Ave., was presented for active membership and referred to the board of directors for action. The president read a communication from Mr. H. B. Beckmann, in which he requests that his resignation as treasurer and as member of the society be accepted, on account of his removal from the city. On motion, it was voted to accept this resignation. The secretary then read his annual report, which was subsequently, by vote, accepted and ordered to be placed on file. The chair announced the receipt of a gift from the Milwaukee-Downer College, of the sum of ten dollars, to be used for the Committee on the Conservation of Wild Life. On motion of Mr. Ward, it was voted that the society accept this gift and that the secretary send a letter of thanks to the college for this donation. The treasurer’s annual report was read by the secretary, who has acted also as treasurer pro tern since the regular meeting of March. The chair appointed as auditing committee, Mr. Teller and Mr. Ward. Election of officers for the ensuing year was next taken up. Nominees for each office were proposed and voted upon separately. The following officers were elected. President , Dr. George P. Barth; Vice-President, Mr. Henry L. Ward; Treasurer, Mr. John R. Heddle; General Secretary, Dr. Wm. J. Brinckley; Additional Director, Mr. Edgar E. Teller. The auditing committee reported that it would be impossible to com- plete the auditing of the treasurer’s books during the meeting and requested that they be allowed to report at some time in the near future. The re- quest was granted. There being no further matters of business to be considered, attention was given to an illustrated lecture by Dr. S. A. Barrett, Curator of Anthro- pology, Public Museum, on the subject: “The Aboriginal Cultural Rela- tions of Mexico and the Southwestern United States.” The first part of the lecture was devoted to modern Mexico, and to an historical account of the land problem from the time of Cortez to the present day. The people inhabiting Mexico at the time of Cortez were the Aztecs. But preceding the Aztecs was another race, which had developed the arts of architecture and scupture to a rather high degree. Among the most conspicuous works of this older race, are the numerous mostly flat-topped pyramids; one in particular, the Pyramid of the Sun, at Teotihuacan, covering an area as large as the great pyramid of Egypt, and at one time being covered with elaborate stucco work and surmounted by a temple. The cliff dwellers of the southwestern United States are the forefathers of the modern Pueblos. Their traditions point to early connections with 6 Bulletin Wisconsin Natural History Society [Vol. 13, No. 1 Mexico. Their chief occupation, that of farming, was carried on in the valleys; but their houses were built high upon the mesas for protection. The Hopi Indians are the present inhabitants of the northern part of Arizona. They are mostly an agricultural people; their farming is limited to dry land crops, for the springs in this region are few and scattered. In the religion of the present Hopi and other Indians of the southwest may be seen many of the features of those former religions of old Mexico, which have been handed down in modified form to the present Mexican Indian. In fact the aboriginal culture of the southwestern United States shows, in many respects, direct historical connection with that of Mexico, when considered from both archaeologicl and ethnological evidence. At the conclusion of the lecture, Dr. Barrett was given a vote of thanks. The meeting then adjourned. ON THE FOOD OF THE SMALL SHORE FISHES IN THE WATERS NEAR MADISON, WISCONSIN By A. S. Pearse We are vitally dependent upon the lower worlds for life. — Ryder. CONTENTS I. Introduction 7 II. Variation of quality of food in different habitats 10 III. List of species of fish, with summary of food 12 IV. General remarks on fish food 20 V. Bibliography 21 I. INTRODUCTION Since the work of Forbes (’80, ’80a) there has been no careful study of the food of small fishes in the United States. The present paper deals with the results of examinations of the ali- mentary tracts of 383 fishes collected during August, September, and October, 1914, in the lakes, swamps, and streams near Madi- son, Wisconsin. This work was first undertaken at the request of Mr. Chancey Juday while the writer was in the employ of the Wisconsin Geological and Natural History Survey, and later con- tinued in the Zoological Laboratories of the University of Wis- consin. My thanks are due to Mr. Juday for many courtesies, and to Mr. R. A. Muttkowski for identifying certain insects and larvae. In most cases the fish to be examined were collected with a minnow sein, but at some stations (fig. 1) this was not practi- cable and they were taken with a dip net (stations 2, 3, 9, 10, 11), or caught by hand ( Cottus at station 4). Collections were made from twelve representative stations as follows (fig. 1): 1. Fork of Six-mile Creek. Bottom soft mud; August 7: Lepomis pallidus, Micropterus salmoides , Notropis blenniusy Schil- beodes gyrinus, Labidesthes sicculus. 7 8 Bulletin Wisconsin Natural History Society [Vol. 13, No. 1 Fig. 1. Map of the Region about Madison, Wisconsin. The Num- bers Within the Circles Indicate the Stations where Collections Were Made. 2. Yahara River at bridge above Catfish Bay. Bottom very soft mud; August 7: Lepomis pallidus. 3. Lagoon behind an old rock wall near state insane asylum. Bottom sand and clay with some vegetation. August 6 : Lepomis. pallidus , Fundulus diaphanus menona , Labidesthes sicculus. 1915] Pearse: Food of Small Shore Fishes 9 4. Maple Bluff. Rocky shore. August 25, September 1, 4. Notropis heterodon, Cottus ictalops, Boleosoma nigrum. 5. East of “ Second Point.” Sandy shore with some pebbles; muddy with aquatic plants in deeper water. August 17: Perea flavescens, Micropterus salmoides, Ambloplites rupestris, Microp- terus dolomieu, Lepomis pallidus, Notropis heterodon. 6. Bay between Second Point and Picnic Point. Sandy shore; muddy bottom with aquatic plants in deeper water. September 5 : Micropterus salmoides, Perea flavescens. 7. Picnic Point. Shore of boulders, with sand and then mud with plants in deeper water. August 5, 17 : Labidesthes sicculus, Fundulus diaphanus menona, Notropis cayuga, N. heterodon, Perea flavescens, Ambloplites rupestris. 8. University Bay. Soft mud bottom with much vegetation inside the bar; sand bottom outside with mud and plants in deeper water. August 3, September 1: Labidesthes sicculus, Fundulus diaphanus menona, Micropterus salmoides, Lepomis pallidus, Notropis cayuga. 9. Shore in front of the “Assembly Grounds” on the south shore of Lake Monona. Bottom with small boulders and sand, muddy in deeper water. October 3 : Micropterus dolomieu, Amblo- plites rupestris, Boleichthys fusiformis. 10. Swamp south of Lake Monona. September 7 : Umbra limi. 11. Small stream choked with vegetation south of Lake Wingra. October 6: Umbra limi, Eucalia inconstans. 12. Spring fed pools north of Lake Wingra. October 6 : Eucalia inconstans Specimens were placed in 95 per cent alcohol as soon as they were collected, the larger individuals being slit along the abdomen. They were then taken to the laboratory and sorted. In making examinations the entire alimentary canal was removed, placed on a slide, and its contents carefully forced out with a pair of needles. Examination was then made with both dissecting and compound microscopes. An estimate by volume of the percent- age of each article of food was then made and recorded. All figures used in this paper refer to such volumetric percentages. 10 Bulletin Wisconsin Natural History Society [Vol. 13, No. 1 II. VARIATION OF FOOD WITH HABITAT The examinations showed that some fish changed their food as they grew larger, others stuck to one diet. Some ate the same food in all habitats, while others changed the food with varying environment. Different species of fish captured in the same habi- tat were found to have selected specific diets from the available rations provided by nature. Three cases of change of food with increase in size were noted. In a single lot of twenty Labidesthes sicculus collected on August 7 at station 1, the ten largest individuals (max. length, 50 mm.; min. 38.2; ave., 41.2) had eaten 38.5% Cyclops and a trace of plants, whereas the ten smallest (max., 25.5; min., 18.4; ave., 22.6) had eaten 1.7% Cyclops and 44.4% algae and seeds. Lepomis pallidus as it grew larger (21.3-35.3 vs. 36.0 to 57.0 mm.) ate less Cyclops and more Hyalella. In the collections from station 11 on October 6, the smaller sticklebacks, Eucalia inconstans, ate more Chydorus sphaericus than larger individuals which had taken Cyclops instead. In most species where a large number was examined it was found that there was considerable variation in food with changes in habitats. In the following examples the largest single item in the dietary is mentioned in each case. Umbra limi ate largely ostracods (40%) at station 10, but had turned more to insect larvae (33.9) at station 11. Lepomis pallidus had great adapt- ability as the results from the following stations show: 1, 63.9% Cladocera; 2, 49.9 Hyalella; 5, 41.9 Cyclops; 8, 83.7 insect larvae. Perea flavescens gave the following- figures : Station 5, 33% dipter- ous larvae; 6, 57.7 Hyalella; 7, 96.2 Daphnia hyalina. Fundulus majalis menona was quite variable in its food habits having eaten at station 3, 55% Cladocera; 6, 35 Cladocera; 8 (August), 63.8 ostracods; 8 (September), 30.8 vegetation. Labidesthes sicculus vacillated between adult insects and Cladocera. This species was using the former at stations 3 (99.5%) and 8 (69.5), the latter at stations 1 (31.1) and 6 (53.5). Notropis heterodon ate more Cladocera than anything else at stations 3 (62.4%) and 7 (August 5-50.8%), but the guts of those collected at stations 4 (58.1%), 5 (98.8), and 7 (August 17 — 44%) were filled with particles of silt and mud. Micropterus salmoides at different times fed largely 1915] Pearse: Food of Small Shore Fishes 11 on fish (station 5, 66%) Corixa (1, 49), insects (6, 44.1; 8, 58.3), and dipterous larvae (8, 57.5). Eucalia inconstans ate 37.2% Cyclops at station 12, 24.3 insect larvae at 11. In order to discover what foods were used if the favorite diet was not available, i.e., which foods were “rivals,” a comparison was made for each species between the largest items of food in the collections from different stations. The “maximum” for each locality is the largest single item of food taken. The following alternatives formed the maxima in two species of fishes : Copepoda vs. Hyalella, insect larvae vs. Cladocera, insect larvae vs. Cope- poda. The following alternatives were each used by only one species: Ostracoda vs. Cladocera, Ostracoda vs. plants, Copepoda vs. plants, Copepoda vs. insects, Cladocera vs. Hyalella, Clado- cera vs. Copepoda, Cladocera vs. mud, Cladocera vs. fish, fish vs. insect larvae, insect larvae vs. Hyalella. It is thus apparent, among small fish at least, that each species has a more or less pronounced taste for a particular article of food. Lepomis pallidus, Labidesthes sicculus, and Fundulus diaphanus menona show the greatest number of maxima (4) and would therefore trespass most on the favorite foods of other small fishes. Micropterus salmoides and Eucalia inconstans each show three maxima, No- tropis heterodon and Perea flavescens, two; Umbra limi, one. The species of fish which have the greatest variety of maxima are generally those which are found in the greatest variety of habitats, and those which show the least variety are most restricted in their range. The fishes of ponds and marshes are of course more restricted in their migrations and their ultimate survival in such situations depends more upon breeding than feeding conditions (Shelf ord, Tl). Fishes in large lakes and streams have a great variety of habitats and hence can range through several and yet find suitable breeding grounds when necessary. Notwithstanding the opportunities offered by lakes and rivers some fish (e. g., Cottus, Umbra, Boleosoma, Boleichthys) which live in them do not have a wide range. The four examples just given are fish which show a varied diet, but have a strong preference for or aptitude for catching a particular sort of food. In Lake Mendota the fish which are most abundant in numbers are those which have the most varied food habits, except Notropis which eats mud when other food is lacking. 12 Bulletin Wisconsin Natural History Society [Vol. 13, No. The specific differences in food habits are well shown by com- paring the food of different species of fish taken at the same time and place. Thus on August 7 in Six-mile Creek (Station 1) : 12 Micropterus salmoides, had eaten 49% Corixa; 5 Shilbeodes gyrinuSj 62% Cyclops; 16 Lepomis pallidus, 63.9% Chadocera; and 20 Labidesthes sicculus, 31.1% Cladocera. On August 17 at Second Point (5) the following distribution of maxima was shown: 5 Micropterus salmoides, 66% fish; 5 Perea flavescens, 33% dipterous larvae; Notropis heterodon, 98% mud; 10 Lepomis pallidus , 41.9% Cyclops. On August 3, in University Bay (8) the results were as follows: 2 Micropterus salmoides , 57.5% dipter- ous larvae; 4 Lepomis pallidus, 83.7% insect larvae; Labidesthes sicculus, 69.5% adult insects; Fundulus diaphanus menona, 63.8% Ostracoda. At Maple Bluff (4), August 25: 9 Cottus idalops, 66% May-fly nymphs; 2 Boleosoma nigrum, 75% chironomid larvae; 7 Notropis heterodon, 58.1% mud. These examples show that it was unusual to find the different species of fish caught at the same time and place preferring the same land of food. III. LIST OF SPECIES OF FISH, WITH SUMMARY OF FOODS All figures following foods are given in per cents, + means a trace. Lengths are given in millimeters. Insects means adults, which are listed separate from larvae. Boleosoma nigrum (Rafinesque). Johnny Darter. Station 3; September 4; No. collected, 2; length — max. 33.1, min. 32.6, ave. 32.9. Food — Cbironomus larvae, 75; midges, .5; Hyalella, 24.5; Campto- cercus, +. Boleichthys fusiformis (Girard). Darter. Station 10; October 3; No. collected, 7; length — max. 79.3, min. 58.4, ave. 72.4. Food — Chironomus larvae 82, Hemiptera nymphs .3, unidentifed in- sects 4.3, Midges .7, Diptera 1.3, Corixa .4, Hyalella 2.4, Ostracoda .1. Cyclops .3, Camptocercus + , unidentified debris 6. Summary — Insect larvae 84, insects 6.7, Hyalella 2.4, Ostracoda .1, Cyclops .3, Camptocercus +, unidentified debris 6. Lepomis pallidus (Mitchell). Bluegill. Station 1; August 7; No. collected, 16; length — max. 42.3, min. 21.3, ave. 27.7. 1915] Pearse: Food of Small Shore Fishes 13 Food — Dipterous larvae 3.1, may-fly larvae 6.2, Chironomus larvae 13, culicid larvae 1.6, Hyalella 3.4, Ostracoda + , Ceriodaphnia 1.2, Scapho- leberis + , Chydorus .2, Bosmina 37.6, Moina, 24.9, Cyclops 7.4. Summary — Insect larvae, 23.9; Hyalella, 3.4; Cladocera, 63.9; Cyclops, 7.4. Station 2; August 7; No. collected, 19; length — max. 57, min. 23.4, ave. 40.9. Food — Corixa nymphs .5, dipterous larvae 1.2, may-fly larvae 3.2, culicid larvae .8, damsel-fly larvae 8.6, unidentified insects 2.5, Diptera .5, mites 1.2, Hyalella 49.9, Ostracoda .7, Ceriodaphnia +, Chydorus 11.1, Bosmina .6, Daphnia +, Cyclops 15.1, Nematoda +, Rotifera +, duckweed 3, plant tissue .3, seeds + . Summary — Insect larvae 14.3, insects 3, mites 1.2, Hyalella 49.9, Ostra- coda .7, Cladocera 11.7, Cyclops 15.1, Rotifera + , Nematoda +, plants 3.3. Station 4; August 6; No. collected, 1; length, 36.0. Food — May-fly larvae 40, Chironomus larvae, 25, Hyalella 30, Ostra- coda + , Moina 5. Station 8; August 3; No. collected, 4; length — max. 41.8, min. 36, ave. 39.1. Food — Ablabesmyia larvae 47.5, may-fly larvae 22.5, Chironomus larvae 1.2, Culicid larvae 12.5, insects 2.5, Hyalella 12, Ceriodaphnia .2, Acroperus .2, Moina 1, filamentous algae 1.2. Summary — Insect larvae 83.7, insects 2.5, Hyalella 12, Cladocera 1.4, filamentous algae 1.2. Station 5; August 17; No. collected, 9; length — max. 38, min. 24.3, ave. 32.2. Food — Dipterous larvae 6.6, May-fly larvae 3.3, Chironomus larvae 7.7, Chironomids 5.3, mites 3.6, Ostracoda 2.3, Ceriodaphnia .2, Acroperus .2, Chydorus 3.6, Bosmina 4, Moina 2.2, Sida 7.7, Daphnia .1, Alona 1.4, Pleu- roxus .7, Cyclops 41.9, Oligochaeta 1.1. Summary — Insect larvae 17.6, insects 5.3, mites 3.6, Ostracoda 2.3, Clado- cera 30.1, Cyclops 41.9, Oligochaeta 1.1. Grand Summary — Length: max. 57, min. 21.3, ave. 33.1, No. examined, 49. Food: Insect larvae 22.8, insects 2.6, mites 1.2, Hyalella 23.1, Ostra- coda .7, Cladocera 31, Cyclops 16.4, Oligochaeta .2, Nematoda +, Rotifera +, plants 1.7. Micropterus salmoides (Lacepede). Large-mouthed Black Bass. Station 8, outside bar; August 3; No. examined, 2; length — max. 69, min. 54, ave. 62.1. Food — Dipterous larvae 57.5, culicids 7.5, chalcids 2.5, Hyalella 27.5, Ceriodaphnia 5. 14 Bulletin Wisconsin Natural History Society [Vol. 13, No. 1 Station 8, inside bar; September 1; No. examined, 3; length — max. 68.4, min. 55, ave. 61.5. Food — Dipterous larvae 10, Corixa nymphs 3.3, May-fly larvae 58.3, midges 12.6, Hyalella 9.7, Cyclops .3, Alona .6, Chydorus .6. Station 5; August 17; No. examined, 4 (2 empty); length — max. 103, min. 55, ave. 81.7. Food — Fish 66, midges 23, chalcids 10. Station 6; September 5; No. examined, 5; length — max. 101, min. 53.2, ave. 83.1. Food — Fish 34, dipterous larvae 4.6, unidentified insects or insect larvae 21.1, midges 23, Ceriodaphnia 10, plant tissue 7.4. Station 1; August 6; No. collected, 12; length — max. 95, min. 67.6, ave’. 79.1. Food — Fish 6.3; unidentified insect larvae .9, dipterous larvae 1.3, Corixa nymphs .4, dragon-fly larvae 5.9, may-fly larvae 28, Corixa 49, Hyalella 1. Summary — Fish 6.3, insect larvae 36.5, Corixa 49, Hyalella 1. Grand Summary — No. examined 27; length — max. 103, min. 54, ave. 77.8. Food — Fish 14.2, insect larvae 31.2; Insecta 38.6, Hyalella 3.8, Cyclops +, Cladocera 2.5, plant tissue 1.6. Micropterus dolomieu Lacepede. Small-mouthed Black Bass. Two individuals, lengths 69 and 88 were collected at stations 5 and 10 and on August 17 and October 3. The first had eaten — 20% dipterous larvae 10% diptera, and 70% Corixa; the second — 100% Corixa. Thus the food of the two individuals consisted of 90% insects and 10% dipterous larvae. Ambloplites rupestris (Rafinesque) . Rock Bass. Two individuals collected at station 7 on August 17 (lengths, 104 and 82) had eaten 99.5% insects and .5% may-fly larvae. Two others taken at station 5, August 17 (lengths, 82.5 and 40) showed — 5% Chironomus larvae, 20% insects, 30% wasp, 1% mite, 4% Hyalella, 2.8% Ostracoda, 37.5% Sida. One individual collected at station 9, October 3 (length 49.7) had eaten 40% Corixa, 20% Hyalella, 20% plant tissue, 1% filamentous algae, and 2% silt. Grand summary — No. examined, 5; length — max. 104, min. 40, ave. 71.6. Food — Insect larvae 2.2, Insecta 68, mites 4, Hyalella 5.6, Ostracoda 1, Cladocera 15, plants 4.2, silt .4. Roccus chrysops (Rafinesque). White Bass. Two specimens (lengths 303 and 320) caught with hook and line between stations 3 and 4, on August 28 had eaten nothing but midges. 1915] Pearse: Food of Small Shore Fishes 15 Perea flavescens (Mitchill). Yellow Perch. Station 5; August 17; No. examined, 5; (2 empty) length— max. 142, min. 95, ave. 115.4. Food — Chironomus larvae 6.6, Caddis-fly larvae 6.6, dipterous larvae 33.3, Hyalella 20, Cyclops 8.3, Ostracoda 1.6, Cladocera 8.3. Summary — Insect larvae 46.5, Hyalella 20, Cyclops 8.1, Ostracoda 1.6, Cladocera 8.3. Station 6; September 5; No. examined, 7; length — max. Ill, min. 101, ave. 105. Food — Chironomus larvae 13.9, caddis-fly larvae 4.3, Corixa nymphs .9, midges 4.3, gnats .8, mites .6, Hyalella 55.7, Cyclops .5, Sida 13.9, Chy- dorus +, Camptocercus .1, plant tissue +, seeds .6, filamentous algae. 1. Summary — Insect larvae 19.1, Insecta 5.1, mites .6, Hyalella 55.7, Cyclops .5, Cladocera 14, plants .7. Grand Summary — No. examined, 16; length — max. 142, min. 95, ave. 107.5. Food — Insect larvae 19.5, Insecta 2.7, mites .5, Hyalella 32.8, Cy- clops 2, Ostracoda .3, Cladocera 36.3, plants .3. Cottus ictalops (Rafinesque). Miller’s Thumb. Station 4; August 25; No. examined, 10; length — max. 73, min. 22.5, ave. 54.7. Food — May-fly nymphs 66, Chironomus larvae 6.6, dipterous larvae .5, midges 1.5, Hyalella 13.5, Ostracoda .5, Cyclops 1.5, Erbobdella punctata 9, algal filaments .9. Summary — Insect larvae 73.1, insects 1.5, Hyalella 13.5, Ostracoda .5, Cyclops 1.5, Hirudinea 9, algae .9. Schilbeodes gyrinus (Mitchill). Tadpole Cat. Station 1; August 7; No. examined,' 5; length — max. 29.5, min. 20, ave. 24.9. Food — Corixa nymphs 4, dipterous larvae 4, unidentified insects 4, Hyalella 4, Cyclops 62, Chydorus 1.2, Graptoleberis .4, plant tissue 4, algal filaments .2, unidentifiable 15. Ameiurus melas (Rafinesque). Black Bullhead. A specimen 44.5 mm. long, captured at the mouth of the river leading from Lake Monona on October 3, contained: 75% Chironomus larvae, 20% Ostracoda, 4% Cyclops, and 1% Alona. Another 143.5 mm. long, taken on the next day in a lagoon on the isthmus between Lake Mendota and Lake Monona, had eaten: 5% Ceratopogon larvae, 5% midges, 3% Ostracods, 1% Cyclops, 1% unidentified Cladocera, 50% Bosmina, Arcella +, 34% plant tissue, 1% seeds. Summary — Dipterous larvae 40, midges 2.5, Ostracoda 1.2, Cyclops 2.5, Cladocera 26, Arcella +, plants 15.5. 16 Bulletin Wisconsin Natural History Society [Vol. 13, No. 1 Fundulus diaphanus menona Jordan & Copeland. Top Minnow. Station 3; August 6; No. examined 5; length — max. 47.4, min. 29.5, ave. 39.5. Food — Hemipterous nymph 1, Chironomus larvae 3, Hyalella 20, Ostra- coda 21, Ceriodaphnia laticauda 55. Station 7; August 5; No. examined, 10; length — max. 48.5, min. 31.5, ave. 40.1. Food — May-fly larvae 3.8, hemipterous nymph .5, dipterous larvae 2.3, Hyalella 29.2, Ostracoda 23.7, Cyclops 4.5, Diaptomus +, Bosmina2, Pleu- roxus 1, Camptocercus .5, Scapholeberis .3, Acroperus .7, Ceriodaphnia laticauda 30.7, Nematoda .3, filamentous algae .2. t Station 8 (outside bar) August 3; No. examined, 10; length — max. 49.7, min. 31.5, ave. 43.1. Food — May-fljr larvae 5.7, Dragon-fly larvae +, hemipterous nymph 1.5, dipterous larvae 6.6, Diptera .1, mite +, Hyalella 16.4, Ostracoda 63.8, Canthocamptus +, Bosmina .1, Acroperus .1, Ceriodaphnia .1, Trematodes (parasites) +, WolflBa +. Summary — Insect larvae 13.8, Insecta .1, mites +, Hyalella 16.4, Ostra- coda 63.8, Copepoda +, Cladocera .3, plants +. Station 8 (inside bar); September 1; No. examined 24; length — max. 57, min. 28.2, ave. 47.5. Food — Hemipterous nymphs .5, beetle larvae 1.1, Chironomus larvae .4, Ablabesmyia larvae .2, dipterous larvae 7.1, poduran .1, Diptera 6.1, mites 2.1, Hyalella 8.2, Ostracoda 11.5, Cyclops 2.7, Pleuroxus 1.2, Campto- cercus 1.8, Chydorus 2.1, Scapholeberis 15.5, Dunhevedia +, Acroperus +, Sida .6, Ceriodaphnia 4.2, Planorbis +, Trematode +, plant tissue .5, seeds .2, Wolffia 29.8, filamentous algae .3. Summary — Insect larvae 8.4, Insecta 6.2, mites 2.1, Hyalella 8.2, Ostra- coda 11.5, Copepoda 2.7, Cladocera 26, plants 30.8. Grand Summary — No. examined, 49; size: max. 37, min. 28.2, ave. 41.2. Food — Insect larvae 9.1, Insecta 3.2, mites 1, Hyalella 16.2, Ostracoda 25.2, Copepoda 1.2, Cladocera 27, Planorbis .1, Nematoda +, plants 14.9. Labidesthes sicculus (Cope). Brook Silverside. Station 1; August 7; No. collected, 20; length: — max. 50, min. 18.4, ave. 32.4. Food — Dipterous larvae +, Chironomus larvae 9.4, Diptera .8, Culicids 5, Bosmina 25.6, Ilyocryptus +, Daphnia .1, Moina 5.5, Chydorus +, Cy- clops 18.2, Difflugia +, Rotifera +, plant tissue +, algae 16, seeds 6.2, eggs? 2, unidentified 8. Summary — Insect larvae 9.4, Insecta 5.8, Cladocera 31.1, Copepoda 18.2, plants 22.2, eggs? 2, unidentified 6. Station 3; August 6; No. examined, 10; length: — max. 52.1, min. 43.8, ave. 46.4. 1915] Pearse: Food of Small Shore Fishes 17 Food — Caddis flies 10.5, Diptera 75, midges 14, Ceriodaphnia .5, Ostracoda + . Summary — Insects 99.5, Cladocera .5, Ostracoda +. Station 7; August 5; No. examined, 10; length: — max. 52.9, min. 37.7, ave. 43.2. Food — Culicid larvae 5, hemipterous nymphs .1, Diptera 7.2, midges 5, Culicids 22.9, Cladocera 2.6, Pleuroxus .1, Ceriodaphnia 21.5, Daphnia hyalina 29.3, Chydorus +, Diaptomus 6.4. Summary — Insect larvae 5.1, Insecta 30.1, Cladocera 53.5, Copepoda 6.4. Station 8; August 3; No. examined, 10; length: — max. 51, min. 41, ave' 46.7. Food — Insect larvae 1.5, dipterous larvae 2, hemipterous nymphs 7.5, Insecta 13, Caddis flies 20, Diptera 18, midges 16.5, mites .5, Bosmina .5, Ceriodaphnia 17, Daphnia 5, Summary — Insect larvae 10.5, Insecta 69.5, mites .5, Cladocera 22.5. Grand Summary — No. examined, 50; length: — max. 52.9, min. 18.4, ave. 40.2. Food — Insect larvae 5.1, Insecta 42.4, mites .1, Cladocera 27.3, Copepoda 8.1, Ostracoda +, Rotifera +, Difflugia +, plants 10.5, eggs? .8, uniden- tified debris 3.3. Notropis heterodon (Cope). Minnow. Station 3; August 6; No. collected, 10; length: — max. 36.2, min. 24.5, ave. 30.3. Food — May-fly larvae .5, Chironomus larvae 2.5, hemipterous nymphs 1.5, mites 1.3, Hyalella 15.1, Ostracoda 4.1, Cyclops 8.5, Ceriodaphnia 61, Alona .1, Chydorus .3, Bosmina 1, algal filaments 1.9, seeds .9. Summary — Insect larvae 4.5, mites 1.3, Hyalella 15.1, Ostracoda 4.1, Cyclops 8.5, Cladocera 62.4, plants 2.8. Station 4; September 4; No. collected, 7; length: — max. 40.3, min. 30, ave. 35.9. Food — Dipterous larvae 2.9, Chironomus larvae 1.1, midges 8, Ostra- coda 4.3, Chydorus 1., Camptocercus 3, Cyclops .3, seeds 3.6, filamentous algae 5.7, silt and unidentifiable debris, 58.1. Summary — Insect larvae 4, Insecta 8, Ostracoda 4.3, Cladocera 3.1, Cyclops .3, plants 9.3, unidentifiable debris 58.1. Station 5; August 17; No. examined, 10; length: — max. 77, min. 69, ave. 71.9. Food — Ceratopogon larva .5, filamentous algae .7, silt and unidentifiable debris 98.8. Station 7; August 5; No. examined, 11; length: — max. 40.2, min. 30, ave. 36. IS Bulletin Wisconsin Natural History Society [Vol. 13, No. 1 Food — Ceratopogon larvae l.S, Diptera 3, culicids 13.2, mites 1, Hya- lella 2.7, Ostracoda .3, Cladocera 7.3, Daphnia hyalina 42.1, Ceriodaphnia 1.4, Chydorus +, Oligochaeta .5, Trematoda (parasitic) +, moss 1, seeds 1, plant tissue 2.7, filamentous algae 1.2, silt and fine debris 22.5. Summary — Insect larvae l.S, Insecta 16.2, mites .1, Hvalella 2.7, Ostra- coda .3, Cladocera 50.S, Oligochaeta .5, plants 5.9, silt and fine debris 22.5. Station 7; August 17; No. examined 19; length: — max. 70, min. 16.1, ave. 34.4. Food — Dipterous larvae 1.6, Chironomus larvae 2, Diptera .5, Hyalella .5, Ostracoda 4.1, Cladocera 7.6, Daphnia hyalina 2.6, Ceriodaphnia .6, Chydorus .3, Alona 7.9, Bosmina 4.7, Cyclops 9.3, Oligochaeta .2, moss 1.5, plant tissue 9.1, filamentous algae 3.7, fine silt and debris 44. Summary — Insect larvae 3.6, Insecta .5, Hyalella .5, Ostracoda 4.1, Cladocera 23.7, Cyclops 9.3, Oligochaeta .2, plants 14.3, silt and debris 44. Grand Summary — Xo. examined, 57; length: — max. 77, min. 16.1, ave. 40.7. Food — Insect larvae 3, Insecta 4.7, mites .2, Hyalella 3, Ostracoda 2.6, Cladocera 24.6, Cyclops 4, Rotifera .1, Oligochaeta .1, plants 8.4, fine silt and debris 43.4. Notropis cayuga Meek. Minnow. Station 7; August 5; No. collected, 10; size: — max. 40.5, min. 24.5, ave. 32. Food — Insect nymph .2, Diptera .5, Ostracoda 1.5, Cladocera 3.1, Acrop- erus 1.7, Ceriodaphnia .7, Daphnia +, Rotifera .1, plant tissue 5.5, fila- mentous algae .7, silt and fine debris 86. Summary — Insect larvae .2, Insecta .5, Ostracoda 1.5, Cladocera 5.5, Rotifera .1, plants 6.2, fine silt and debris 86. Station 8; August 3; No. examined, 10; length: — max. 42, min. 30.8, ave. 36. Food — May-fly larvae 5, dipterous larvae 5.5, Insecta 1, Hyalella 2, Ostracoda 26.6, Acroperus 2.5, Ceriodaphnia .5, Nematoda .1, plant tissue .5, seeds .5, filamentous algae .1, fine silt and debris 55.7. Grand Summary' — No. examined, 20; length: max. 42, Min. 24.5, ave. 34. Insect larvae 5.2, Insecta .7, Hy'alella 1, Ostracoda 14.1, Cladocera 4.2, Nematoda +, Rotifera +, plants 3.6, silt and fine debris 70.9. Eucalia inconstans (Kirtland). Brook Stickleback. Station 11; October 6; No. examined, 29; length: — max. 58.7, min. 28.4, ave. 45.5. Food — May-fly' nymphs 1, Tany'pus larvae 10.9, Chironomus larvae 9.3, Corixa nymphs .1, Caddis-fly' larvae 2.1, Insecta .3, Diptera .1, midges 11.5, Podurans 1.1, Hy'alella .3, Ostracoda .5, Cyclops 16.3, Daphnia .1, Chydorus 18.9, Camptocercus +, Graptoleberis +, Physa 4.8, Planorbis 5.9, Sphaer- 1915] Pearse: Food of Small Shore Fishes 19 ium .1, Oligochaeta .9, Nematoda +, Difflugia +, plant tissue 5.8, Pleuro- coccus 1.6, filamentous algae 1, fine residue 5.7. Summary — Insect larvae 23.4, Insecta. 12, Hyalella .3, Ostracoda .5, Cyclops 16.3, Cladocera 19, Mollusca 10.8, Oligochaeta .9, Nematoda +, Protozoa -p, plants 8.4, residue 5.7. Station 12; October 6; No. examined, 21; length: — max. 50.3, min. 30, ave. 41.1. Food — May-fly nymphs 2.6, Culicid larvae 1.7, Tanypus larvae .2, Chiro- nomus larvae 1.6, Insecta 4.8, midges 16.2, mites 1.3, Ostracoda 10.8, Cyclops 24.4, Canthocamptus 2.8, Ceriodaphnia 5.6, Pleuroxus 3.5, Oli- gochaeta .1, plant tissue 4.5, filamentous algae .2, residue 2.4. Summary — Insect larvae 6.1, Insecta 21, mites 1.3, Ostracoda 10.8, Copepoda 37.2, Cladocera 9.1, Oligochaeta .1, plants 4.7, debris 2.4. Grand Summary — No. examined, 50; length: — max. 58.7, min. 28.4, ave. 42.4. Food — Insect larvae 15.9, Insecta 16.5, mites 5, Hyalella .2, Ostracoda 3.6, Copepoda 28.5, Cladocera 14.9, Mollusca 6.4, Oligochaeta .3, Nema- toda +, Protozoa +, plants 7.1, unidentifiable residue 4.6. Umbra limi (Kirtland). Mud Minnow. Station 10; September 7; No. examined, 50; length: — max. 105, min. 30.4, ave. 38.9. Food — May-fly larvae 1.2, dipterous larvae 2, Chironomus larvae 9.1, Tanypus larvae 2.4, Caddis-fly larvae 1.2, Insecta 2.5, beetles 6.6, midges 3.5, Diptera .8, Hemiptera .1, Podurans 1, spiders .1, mites .2, Ostracoda 40, Cyclops .6, Pleuroxus .8, Camptocercus +, Dunhevedia +, Planorbis .6, Oligochaeta 1.3, Nematoda .8, Rotifera +, Vorticella .2, Arcella +, Difflugia + plant tissue 2.3, seeds .4, Pleurococcus 11.4, diatoms +, fila- mentous algae +. Summary — Insect larvae 17.9, Insecta 13.6, Arachnida .3, Ostracoda 40, Copepoda .6, Cladocera .8, Mollusca .6, Oligochaeta 1.3, Nematoda .8, Rotifera +, Protozoa .2, plants 15.9. Station 11; October 6; No. examined, 10; length: — max. 63.4, min. 42.5, ave. 48.3. Food — Dipterous larvae 3.5, Chironomus larvae 5.7, Tanypus larvae 8, Caddis-fly larvae .3, Lepidopterous larvae 16.4, midges 28.7, Hemiptera 2.5, mites +, Hyalella 1.5, Ostracoda 2.2, Chydorus 3.1, Simocephalus .1, Planorbis 1.5, Sphaerium 1, plant tissue 10, seeds .3, Pleurococcus 19, filamentous algae .1. Summary — Insect larvae 33.9, Insecta 31.2, mites +, Hyalella 1.5, Ostra- coda 2.2, Cladocera 3.2, Mollusca 2.5, plants 29.4. Grand Summary — No. examined, 60; length: — max. 105, min. 30.4, ave. 38.8. 20 Bulletin Wisconsin Natural History Society [Vol. 13, No. 1 Food — Insect larvae 21, Insecta 16.3, Arachnida .3, Hyalella + , Ostra- coda 33.9, Cyclops .5, Cladocera 1.2, Mollusca .9, Oligochaeta 1, Nematoda .7, Protozoa .1, plants 17. IV. GENERAL REMARKS Of the sixteen species of fish examined, nine obtained their living largely from insects or their larvae, i.e., four Centrarchidae (basses, sunfish), two darters, and miller's thumb, the silversides. Among the other seven: two had the major part of their food from ostracods, two from copepods, one from cladocerans; thus making entomostracans the major food of six. The remaining two, Notropis heterodon and N. cayuga had eaten a diet consisting of more than half mud, silt, and fine debris from the bottom. Table 1 shows summaries of the principal classes of food for each species. TABLE I The food of small fish collected at Madison, Wisconsin, during August, September, and October, 1914 SPECIES PER CENT OF FOOD Ave. size in mm. No. examined Fish Insect larvae Insecta CO V Hyalella Ostracoda e3 ~a o a a> a o O Cladocera Mollusca Oligochaeta Hirudinea Nematoda Trematoda j Rotifera Protozoa Plant remains Algae Silt and debris Lepomis pallidus 33.1 49 22.8 26 1.2 23.1 .7 16.4 31 i 0.2 + + ' 1 3 0.4J Micropterus salmoides 1 77.8 27 14.2 31.2 38.6 3.8 + 2.5 1.6 Micropterus dolomieu 78. o' 2 10 90 Ambloplites rupestris 71.6 5 68 .4 5.6 1 15 : 4 0.2l 0.4 Perea flavescens 107.7 16 19.5 2.7 .5 32.8 .3 .2 36.3 .3 Boeleichthys fusi- formis 72.4 7 i 84 6.7 2.4 .1 .3 + 6 Belosoma nigrum 32.9, 2 75 .5 24.5 + Cottus ictalops 54 . 71 10 73.1 1.5 13.5 .5 1.5 9 .9 Schilbeodes gyrinus. . 24.9 5 8 4 4 .4 62 1.6 4.2; 15 Ameiurus me las 94 2 40 i 2.5 1.2 2.5 26 + 17.5 Fundulus majalis menona 41. 2( 49 9.1; 3.2 1 16.2 25.2 1.2 27 .1 + + 14.8 -1 Labidesthes sicculus.. 40.2 50 5.1 4*-4\ .1 + 8.1 27.3 + ' + 2.5 8 | 3.3 Notropis heterodon . . 40.7 47 4.4 4.8 1.4 2.7 2.1 3.2 2.7 + 1 + + 3 I 5 \52.1 Notropis cayuga 34 20 2.9 1.3 1 7.8 2.9 5 + ! 3.4 4 1 77.4 Eucalia inconstans. . . 42.4 50 15.9 16.5 .5 .2 3.6 28.5 14.9 6.4 .3 + : + 0.4 .7 4.6 Umbra limi 38.8 60 21 ' 16.3 .3 + 33.9 .5 1 1.2 •1 1 .7 .1 1.9' 15.1 1915] Pearse: Food of Small Shore Fishes 21 Nine of the species studied are not used for food by man because they never attain sufficient size. But this does not mean that such fish are of no economic importance. We are not yet in a position to say how the elimination of any one would affect the balance of fish life in a lake. Such a disturbance might react favorably or unfavorably for man. Many of these small fishes serve as food for larger species. The seven species used for food by man eat more insects and insect larvae than anything else, though entomostracans make up an important part of the daily food. Doubtless most of these species depend very largely on entomostracans for food just after they hatch from the eggs. Forbes (’80) has emphasized this dependence of small fishes upon entomostracans. He says, (p. 33), “It will thus be seen that the food of the common perch has a food history of three periods — the periods of infancy, youth, and mature age. In the first it lives wholly on Entomostraca and the minutest larvae of Diptera; in the second, commencing when the fish is about an inch and a half in length, it takes up first the smaller and then the larger kinds of aquatic insects in gradually increasing ratio, the entomostracan food at the same time dimin- ishing in importance; and in the third it appropriates, in addition, mollusks, crawfishes, and fishes — in the lake specimens depend- ing almost wholly on the last two elements.” In his excellent paper on the food of salmonoid fishes Atkins (708) says, “it is to be borne in mind that fishes are by nature dependent for nourishment on living animals. Under these cir- cumstances it behooves us to look for food supplies as near nature as possible.” He has shown conclusively the superiority of liv- ing fly larvae as food for young salmon. There is no reason why his method should not only be used more widely but also ex- tended to other living fish foods. During most seasons it would be possible to collect great quantities of microscopic organisms from our inland lakes by means of pumps or fine meshed nets. Such plankton would furnish admirable food for the youngest fishes in hatcheries. Atkins, C. G. 1908. Foods for Young Salmonoid Fishes. Bull. U. S. Bu. Fish., 28: 839-851. 90 Bulletin Wisconsin Natural History Society [Vol. 13, No. 1 Forbes, S. A. 1SS0. The Food of Fishes. Acanthopteri. Bull. 111. S. Lab. Nat. Hist., 1:19-70. ISSOa. On the Food of Young Fishes, Ibid., 1:71-85. 1880b. Food of the Darters. Amer. Nat., 14: 697-703. No date. The Fishes of Illinois. Nat. Hist. Surv. 111., 3:i-cxxxi, 1-335. Ryder, J. A. 1894. Biological Research in Relation to the Fisheries. Bull. U. S. Fish Com. (1893) : 59-63. Shelford, V. E. 1911. Ecological Succession. III. A Reconnoissance of its Causes in Ponds with Particular Reference to Fish., Biol. Bull., 22: 1-38. Tracy, H. C. 1910. Annotated List of the Fishes Known to Inhabit the Waters of Rhode Island. 40th Ann. Rept. Com. In. Fish. R. I., 35-182. Zoological Laboratory, University of Wisconsin, December 15, 1914. ENTOMOSTRACA FROM ST. PAUL ISLAND, ALASKA* By C. Juday and R. A. Muttkowski The material with which this paper deals was collected by Dr. M. C. Marsh, of the U. S. Bureau of Fisheries, on Saint Paul Island, one of the Pribilof Islands, Alaska, on August 7, 1906. There are three bottles of the material and the labels state that it was obtained from Upper Ice House Lake on Saint Paul Island. By far the greater portion of the catch consists of the phyllopod Polyartemiella juday i, which proved to be not only a new species, but also a new genus, and which was described by Daday1 in 1909. There are hundreds of individuals of this form. Several other entomostraca are represented, two of which appear to be undescribed. CLADOCERA Daphnia pulex (de Geer). A single, immature specimen of this form was noted. Eurycercus glacialis Lilljeborg. This is the most abundant and also the largest cladoceran in the material. The females reach a length of 5 mm. Alona rectangula Sars. A few specimens of this form were found. Chydorus sphaericus (0. F. Mueller) There were a few specimens of this widely distributed form. COPEPODA Diaptomus shoshone var. wardi Pearse. Through the kindness of Professor Pearse some of the original material of his D. wardi has been examined. His form seems to * Published by permission of the U. S'. Commissioner of Fisheries. 1 Ann. Mus. Hung-, vol. 7, 1909, p. 173, fig. 1. 23 24 Bulletin Wisconsin Natural History Society [Vol. 13, No. 1 differ in only two particulars from typical D. shoshone. These differences are in the length of the appendage on the antepenulti- mate segment of the right antenna of the male and in the form of the second basal segment of the right fifth foot of the male. In his material the antennal appendage is longer than the last two segments, but in the material from St. Paul Island the length of this appendage is subject to great variation, as shown in figure 1, A-D. In some individuals it is only a little longer than the penultimate segment (fig. 1, A and C), as in typical D. shoshone , Fig. 1. Diaptomus shoshone var. wardi Pearse. A, B, C, D , Showing Terminal Process of Antepenultimate Segment of Male Right An- tenna. E, Showing the Second Segment of the Right Fifth Foot of Male. while in others it extends beyond the end of the last joint of the antenna (fig. 1, B). In view of this fact it appears that the length of this appendage has little or no specific value for this form; and it is opportune to suggest that this taxonomic feature may undergo similar variation in other species of Diaptomus. In the wardi form the inner margin of the second basal segment of the right male fifth foot bears a blunt process, while shoshone does not possess this process. This structure is present on the specimens from St. Paul Island (fig. 1, E). This single differ- 1915] Juday AND Muttkowski: Alaskan Entomostraca 25 ence seems to be constant and is probably sufficient to give this form a varietal rank. In the female the two-jointed appendage of the fifth feet will serve to distinguish this form from D. shoshone females. The species is very abundant in the St. Paul Island material. Diaptomus pribilofensis nov. sp. This is a small species. The suture of the first cephalothoracic segment is fairly distinct; this segment is about as long as the three following ones. The last thoracic segment bears two lateral lobes which are pointed at their outer extremities (see fig. 2, B and C). The male has smaller lateral lobes than the female. Fig. 2. Diaptomus pribilofensis n. sp. A , Fifth Foot of Female; B, Abdomen of Female; C, Abdomen of Male. The antennae reach to the end of the furca or slightly beyond. The antepenultimate segment of the right male antenna bears no appendage. The abdomen of the female is rather long (fig. 2, B), the first segment is about twice as long as the second and third combined, moderately dilated anteriorly, and bears two lateral spines near the posterior edge of the dilated portion. The second segment of the abdomen is very short, distinctly shorter than broad. The third segment is about as long as broad. The furcal rami are about as long as the third segment of the abdomen. Fifth feet of female. — The first basal segment bears a small spine on the posterior surface, the second basal segment is rather short and slender, and bears a lateral seta (fig. 2 , A). The first segpaent of the exopodite is a little more than twice as long as wide. The second segment is one-third 20 Bulletin Wisconsin Natural History Society [Vol. 13, No. 1 longer than the first, is curved outward, and bears three spines on its outer margin, the inner one being the longest. The two inner spines represent the third segment. The endopodite is somewhat longer than the first seg- ment of the exopodite, is not distinctly segmented, and bears two spines about equal in length on its outer margin near the end. Fifth feet of male. — Each of the first basal segments bears a minute spine and each of the second segments bears a lateral seta (fig. 3, A). The second basal segment of the right foot is somewhat longer than broad, with a broadly rounded prominence at the proximal inner angle (3, A). The first segment of the exopodite is broader than long and somewhat produced at the inner distal angle. The second segment of the exopodite is somewhat longer than the two preceding segments. It is broadest a little beyond the middle and the lateral spine is situated at the widest portion. The terminal hook is about one and a half times as long as the two joints of the exopodite together and is recurved at its outer extremity. Fig. 3. Diaptomus pribilof ensis n. sp. Fifth Feet of the Male. B, Showing Details of Right Foot. The right endopodite is small, acuminate, and shorter than the first joint of the exopodite (fig. 3, B). The inner margin of the second basal segment of the left fifth foot is broadly conical in form, the apex being near the middle of the joint. The conical portion sometimes shows a groove, thus giving it a bilobed appear- ance. The first segment of the exopodite is about as broad as long. It is convex on its outer margin and about straight or slightly concave on its inner margin. The terminal segment is somewhat longer than broad, with a large setose pad on its inner margin. It terminates in two finger-like processes which are equal in length. The endopodite is long and slender, and is not distinctly segmented. It is pointed and setose at the end. Length, cf 1.25-1.3 mm., $ 1.35-1.45 mm. This species appears to be most closely related to D. theeli, with which it has certain features in common, such as the lobate proc- [1915 JUDAY AND MUTTKOWSKI I ALASKAN EnTOMOSTRACA 27 esses of the thorax and the lateral spines of the first abdominal segment of the female. These spines, however, are located in the basal third of the abdominal segment of theeli, about in the middle in pribilofensis; the lobate processes of the thorax are more acuminate in adult pribilofensis. The fifth feet of the female of theeli show a terminal segment which is as broad at the base as the preceding segment, with two spines at the base, one of the spines with two joints; in addition the endopodite is two-seg- mented. In pribilofensis the terminal segment is long and slender, with three spines at the base, none of them jointed; the endop- odite shows no indication of bisegmentation. In the male fifth feet of theeli the second segment of the right foot bears a medial internal tubercle, the endopodite is as long, or longer, as the first joint of the exopodite, one-third the width of this joint; the second segment of the left foot is oblong, with a small internal basal tubercle. In pribilofensis no tubercle is found on the second segment of the right foot, the endopodite is small, acuminate, the second segment of the left foot bears an internal median notch, giving a bilobate appearance. This new form is represented in our material in large numbers Heterocope septentrionalis nov. sp. $ . — The body is robust and broadly oval in outline, the widest portion is a little anterior to the middle and is nearly half the length. The urosome and metasome are about equal in length. The first or genital segment of the abdomen is about as long as the two succeeding segments (fig. 4, C). The posterior portion of the genital area bears two conspicuous processes which are curved and trilobate on their outer margin (fig. 4, D and E ). The second and third abdominal segments are about equal in length. The caudal rami are about one and a half times as long as broad and ciliate on the inner margin. At the outer end each ramus bears three plumose setae and two bristle-like appendages which are about as long as the rami them- selves. One of these bristles is situated at the outer distal angle of each ramus and the other on the ventral surface near the inner angle. The reflexed antennae extend about to the end of the genital segment. The swimming appendages are all symmetrical. The first pair bears only plumose setae while the next three bear spines instead of setae on the outer margin of the exopodite. The terminal segment of the fifth pair of feet bears four toothed processes on its inner margin, two fairly large spines on its outer margin, and two apical spines, one of which is small and the other long and spinose (fig. 4, B). c f. — The male is somewhat smaller than the female. The abdomen is slenderer than that of the female and consists of five segments instead of three of which the fourth is the smallest (fig. 4, F ). 28 Bulletin Wisconsin Natural History Society [Vol. 13, No. 1 The first pair of swimming feet bear only plumose setae and the next three pairs bear spines on the outer margin of the exopodite as in the female (fig. 5). The first, third and fourth pairs of feet are symmetrical, only the second and fifth pairs are asymmetrical (fig. 4, A,; fig. 6). Fig. 4. Heterocope septentrionalis n. sp. A, Fifth Feet of the Male. A1-A4, Showing Variations in Left Foot of the Male. B , Fifth Foot of the Female; C, Abdomen of Female; D, Genital Segment of Female, E , Genital Plate of Female, F, Abdomen of Male. Second feet. — The first joint of the right exopodite (fig. 6 , A) is some- what shorter and broader than the corresponding joint of the left foot (fig. 6, B) and the spine of the right joint is slightly longer and distinctly stouter than that on the left. The second joint of the right exopodite is slightly smaller than that of the left side and bears a distinctly longer spine. The last joints of these exopodites are similar in size and form, the right joint being a little broader than the left in some individuals. The long 1915] Juday and Muttkowski: Alaskan Entomostraca 29 terminal spines borne by these two joints are alike, but the other two spines are different. The two outer spines of the left joint are armed with teeth as in the third and fourth feet, while those on the right joint are unarmed. The second spine of the right joint is somewhat larger than that on the left and is rather sharply curved in the middle and then re- flexed at the end. There is a minute unarmed spine on both joints at the base of the long terminal spine. Male; B, Third Right Foot, and C, Fourth Right Foot of Male. The terminal joint of the left leg of the fifth pair is about as long as the two preceding joints (fig. 4 , A). The antepenultimate joint of the right leg is about as broad as long and bears a slight protuberance on its inner margin. This joint is subject to some variation, as indicated in figure 4, A1-A4. Length: 9 4.00 mm., 3.85 mm. Described from a large number of specimens from Upper Ice House Lake, St. Paul Island. Both sexes are very abundant in the material. A comparison of this form with specimens of Heterocope borealis 30 Bulletin Wisconsin Natural History Society [Vol. 13, No. 1 Fischer ( H . weismanni Imhof) from Finmark and Ziirichsee shows that H. septentrionalis very closely resembles the former but is readily distinguished by the trilobate processes on the genital plate of the female and by the symmetry of the third and fourth pairs of swimming feet in the male. The asymmetry of the second feet of H. septentrionalis is of a different type than found in its relative, H. borealis. The third and fourth feet on the right Fig. 6. Heterocope septentrionalis n. sp. Second Feet of the Male, Showing Asymmetry. side of the male do not show the peculiar modifications so charac- teristic of H. borealis . This is the first authentic record of this genus for the Western Hemisphere. The four species of this genus hitherto described have been taken in northern Europe, in some of the Alpine lakes, and in Siberia. The genus is boreal and even arctic. We have also found the species in material from within the Arctic Circle on the Alaskan mainland. 1915] Juday and Mtjttkowski: Alaskan Entomostraca 31 This Alaskan material was collected by J. M. Jessup in 1911 along the boundary of Alaska and Canada during late June, July, and early August, in various lakes at various distances to the north of New Rampart House, Alaska. All the localities lie within the Arctic Circle. Cyclops serrulatus Fischer. A very few specimens of this form were noted in the material. Canthocamptus sp. Two or three immature specimens of Canthocamptus were found. LITERATURE Giesbrecht, W. and Schmeil, O. 1898. Das Tierreich, Lieferung 6, Copepoda. Berlin. Gruber, A. 1878. Ueber zwei Sueswasser-calaniden. Leipzig. Imhof, 0. E. 1888. Ueber das Calanidengenus Heterocope. Zool. Ang., Bd. 11, pp. 447-451. 1890. Notizen ueber die Sueswasser-Calaniden. Zool. Anz., Bd. 13, pp. 629-633, 654-658. Keilhack, L. 1909. Die Sueswasserfauna Deutschlands: Heft 10, Phyllopoda. Lilljeborg, W. 1900. Cladocera Sueciae. Upsala. Marsh, C. D. 1907. A Revision of the North American Species of Diaptomus. Trans. Wis. Acad. Sci., XV, part 2, pp. 381-516, pis. xvii-xxviii. 1910. A Revision of the North American Species of Cyclops. Trans. Wis. Acad. Sci., XVI, part 2, pp. 1067-1135, pis. lxxii-lxxxi. Pearse, A. S. 1905. Contributions to the Copepod Fauna of Nebraska and Other States. Univ. of Nebr. Studies, no. 65. Sars, G. O. 1903. An Account of the Crustacea of Norway. Vol. IV, Copepoda. Bergen. Schmeil, O. 1892-1896. Deutschlands freilebende Suesswasser-Copepoden. Bib- liotheca Zoologica. Van Douwe, C. 1909. Die Snesswasserfauna Deutschlands. Heft 11, Copepoda. Zoological Laboratory, University of Wisconsin, January 13, 1915. BREEDING HABITS OF CEUTHOPHILUS LATE NS,* THE CAMEL CRICKET By Clarence L. Turner I. INTRODUCTION The breeding habits of Ceuthophilus latens have not been de- scribed probably because it is nocturnal and hence little observed. During the month of October, 1914, a number were observed breeding in the woods on the University of Wisconsin campus. They did not occur in abundance and it was not possible to observe their breeding activities extensively in their native habi- tat, so they were taken to the laboratory and confined in a cage where the natural conditions were simulated as closely as possible. Some thirty individuals were taken and these furnished the data for this paper. II. HABITS AND BEHAVIOR Ceuthophilus is usually described as living under flat stones and logs in dry open woods. One species, C. stygias, lives in the caves of Indiana “Far back beyond the reach of any rays of light” according to Blatchley. Boards, pieces of card-board and flat stones were found to furnish hiding places for C. latens and convenient traps were made by placing such objects on clean earth in the woods and par- tially covering them with leaves. Except when disturbed C. latens shows little activity during the day and even at night it cannot be called active in com- parison to crickets, katydids and other nocturnal Orthoptera. In the writer’s observations most of the time during the day was spent resting under the debris at the bottom of the cage. At * The species of the specimens used in this work was kindly determined by Dr. E. M. Walker of Toronto University and Dr. Albert P. Morse of Wellesley College. The writer is also indebted to Dr. A. S. Pearse and to Dr. Wm. S. Marshall of the University of Wisconsin for references to literature, for a critical reading of the paper, and for suggestions. 32 1915] Turner: Breeding Habits of Ceuthophilus latens 33 night most individuals would be moving about the bottom of the cage or clinging to the wire netting at the top. Strong light caused them to seek cover. The sensitiveness to light was evi- dently localized in the eyes as no response was obtained by turn- ing a strong light upon the body and antennae while the head was buried. C. latens is sensitive to mechanical stimuli of different kinds. Especially is this true of air currents, a very slight stimulus being sufficient to make it leap about vigorously The fact that C. latens has no special organs for producing or receiving sounds and also that observations deny it the use of the sense of sight in its sexual activities, makes its breeding habits of interest for comparison with the activities of other Orthoptera in which the sexes find each other by the use of the senses of sight, hearing, smell and touch. The facts gathered regarding this comparison are reserved for a second paper. III. COPULATION Although copulation was seen to take place in the experimental cage, little could be observed of the preliminary movements, and the disturbance brought about by uncovering them usually caused the mating individuals to separate. It was found that if the sexes were kept separate for a time and then were introduced into a smaller cage where frequent contact became necessary that copulation took place with all the preliminary movements. In some of the experiments two individuals were allowed to copulate and others were then introduced to try the effect of interference. In others mutilations were tried. a. Copulation of a Single Normal Pair The individuals find each other by random movements. A male does not recognize a female until some part of her body comes into contact with his antennae. They take no notice of each other until this occurs. If their antennae come into contact first there is a prehminary “fencing” which lasts for several seconds, but contact of the male’s antennae with any part of the body of the female seems to suffice for “sex recognition.” The male immediately turns around and commences to back toward 31 Bulletin Wisconsin Natural History Society [Vol. 13, No. 1 the female, thrusting his cerci under her abdomen, clasping and unclasping with his cerci and evidently attempting to raise her abdomen from the ground. If the female is willing to copulate Fig. 1. A, Posterior View of Abdomen of Male; C, Cerci, S. An. PL, Supra-Anal Plate )G. PL, GenitalPlate. 10, Intromittent Organ. B, Side View of Abdomen of Male. Lettering same as for A. C, In- tromittent Organ of Male. Fig. 2. A, Posterior View of Abdomen of Female; C, Cerci, OP, Ovipositor. B, Side View, Lettering same as A. the abdomen is raised and the ovipositor is elevated until it is at right angles to the abdomen. The male then turns his abdomen over so that the posterior end is completely inverted and, guided 1915] Turner: Breeding Habits of Ceuthophilus latens 35 by the cerci clasps the posterior end of the abdomen of the female (fig. 3). There is no superposition of the bodies. It is rare that the female responds immediately and the male crawls about over her body, manipulating different portions with his mouth parts, clasping and pulling with his cerci and vibrating his antennae. In one case the male clasped the posterior femur of the female and remained in this position for several minutes. Approximately twenty minutes was the longest time that the female submitted to such caressing without moving away or allowing the male to copulate. Copulation lasted from two to twelve minutes, both animals remaining absolutely quiet during this time. The same pair was often observed in copulation a second time after an Fig. 3. Position During Copulation. interval of from a few seconds to two minutes. During this interval the male was frequently seen to raise himself “upon tip-toes” and, arching his back to bring the head and the pos- terior end of the abdomen together between his legs and to man- ipulate his genitalia with his mouth parts (fig. 4). This move- ment sometimes takes place also before the first copulation but not usually. One case was observed in which a female assumed a similar position between copulations. During the copulation the female takes no aggressive part; she accepts the attentions of the male or walks away. It is of interest to note that the male follows the female only as long as she remains within reach of his antennae. 30 Bulletin Wisconsin Natural History Society [Vol. 13, No. 1 The copulation described seems to be a true one in which spermatozoa are passed from the male to the female by means of an intromit tent organ. An examination of the genital organs of both sexes after copulation revealed no spermataphore. The maximum rate of copulation for one pair was three times in forty minutes. It is possible that the female often kills and eats the male after copulation. One case was observed in their natural habitat in which the female had eaten away almost the entire head of the male who was still alive. All males under observation died after a series of copulations, not surviving more than two weeks after Fig. 4. Position Assumed by Male while Manipulating Genital Apparatus with Mouth Parts. the first copulation while the females remained hardy during this period. It is probable that cannibalism occurs only when the female is hungry and the male is too weak to defend himself In one case a strong, healthy male was left in a cage with four females for six days and copulations were observed daily. At the end of that time only the shell of his body was found, the soft parts having been eaten away. Further evidence of cannibalism was furnished by a female who devoured four Ceuthophilus nymphs in a single night and when there was other food to be had. Among the Mantids it is a common occurrence for the female to devour the male even during the act of copulation. It would not seem 1915] Turner: Breeding Habits of Ceuthophilus latens 37 strange, therefore, to find a stimilar habit among the Locustidae although the evidence is too scanty to assert that it is of common occurrence. b. Modification of Behavior Due to Interference If during the movements of a pair preliminary to copulation a second male is introduced and comes into contact with the first male he is driven away. If he first meets the female and so becomes sexually excited before coming into contact with the male he is not so readily driven off and may be the victor in a subsequent encounter. Such contests last but a few seconds and consist of springing forward and striking with the forelegs. No extended combats were observed, one attack of the mating indi- vidual being sufficient to drive his opponent away. If a second male comes into contact with a pair in copulation the male defends himself vigorously and successfully even though he is obliged to drag the female about with him in his struggles. If a female comes into contact with a male already in copulation the male shows excitement by vibrating his antennae as in the usual preliminary movements. One case was observed in which the usual preliminary move- ments were dispensed with and it seemed that the sense of sight played an important part, although the occurrence may have been accidental. A very weak male was attempting to copulate. The female’s ovipositor had been raised, but before the usual position of copulation had been gained a second male was intro- duced who went directly to the pair, drove away the first male and had copulated within a few seconds. Males will copulate with several females in succession but rarely with the same female more than twice. Females will allow sev- eral males to copulate in succession. A male, sexually excited, will grasp indiscriminately at any individual, male or female, which comes into contact with the posterior end of his body. A male will copulate with a dead female providing the tissues have not become stiff. A male forcibly separated from a female during copulation shows great excitement but does not attempt to copulate again for a long time. If disturbed he will attack either males or females. Bulletin Wisconsin Natural History Society [Vol. 13, No. 1 38 That copulation is due to a chance contact and not to any sense that would lead to a seeking on the part of the male is shown by the following experiment. A number of individuals of both sexes were placed in a cage, allowed to remain undisturbed, and the total number of copulations recorded during a period of two hours. During the next two hours, as soon as a pair separated, they were forced to move about by being poked with a wire so that contact with the others became necessary. The total number of copulations for the second period exceeded that of the first by more than a third. It is true also that more copulations take place in a small cage than in a larger one. There is reason to believe that sex discrimination is accom- plished by the sense of touch and smell and that it is localized in the antennae and palps. As has been pointed out, a male will grasp at any moving individual, regardless of the sex, which comes in contact with the posterior end of his body. Evidently sex discrimination is not located here. If, however, the antennae and palps are removed from an unexcited male and he is liber- ated in a cage with females no motions are observed which would indicate sexual excitement, while there is every evidence of a continued sexual excitement when the antennae and palps are removed from a previously excited male and he is again liber- ated with females after the operation. The excited individual will attempt to mate with every one with whom he comes into contact, male or female. It seems, therefore, that it is by means of the antennae and the palps that a male is able to recognize, first, individuals of the same species, second, the distinction be- tween males and females. The sense of hearing is obviously ruled out in sex discrimination because there are no special organs in Ceuthophilus for receiving or producing sounds. The sense of sight is also not a factor to be considered, since there is no sexual excitement until tactual contact has been established. c. Reactions to External Stimuli During Copulation To induce copulation it was necessary to keep a pair in weak light until they had come into contact and so had become sexually excited, but afterward they were indifferent to a reasonable amount of stimulation to which they would have readily responded under 1915] Turner: Breeding Habits of Ceuthophilus latens 39 usual conditions. Lights of low intensity, slight jars, and air currents induced no response. Strong stimuli, however, caused them to react in the usual way during the movements preliminary to copulation. While in the act of copulation, a 60 W Tungsten lamp held four inches from the pair produced no response and the full force of the breath blown upon them from the distance of a foot likewise caused no reaction. Certain mutilations did not have the effect of reducing sexual excitement when once it was aroused. A previously excited male with antennae and palps removed and with only the middle and forelegs remaining still attempted to place himself in a position to copulate. Fig. 5. Position of Female during Oviposition. IV. OVIPOSITION Egg-laying was observed in only four females. In no case was the beginning of the operation seen; but they were disturbed frequently standing in a shallow pit with the posterior end of the abdomen buried in the sand at a sharp angle to the long axis of the body. When these pits were searched after being left by the animal from two to five eggs were found in each place. The eggs were 2.3 mm. in length, oval, semitranslucent and soft at first but became hard-shelled and white after a short exposure to the air. It was impossible to determine the total number of eggs laid by one female, but twenty-eight mature eggs were dissected from the ovarian tubules of one individual and other eggs were present in the tubules in various stages of growth. Two males were 40 Bulletin Wisconsin Natural History Society [Vol. 13, No. 1 kept in the cage with the females and copulations were observed between periods of egg-laying. All females died within three days after they had ceased to deposit eggs. v. SUMMARY 1. The genus. Ceuthophilus is nocturnal and one species lives in caves. 2. C. latens responds negatively to light and to air currents under normal conditions. 3. Organs for producing and receiving sounds are lacking in this species. 4. There is no superposition of bodies during copulation. 5. Meeting of the two sexes is accomplished by chance contact; not through the senses of sight or hearing. 6. Sex-discrimination is dependent upon smell and touch. It is localized in the antennae or palps as shown by the experiment in which the antennae and palps were removed. 7. There is no response to lights of strong intensity or to strong air currents during copulation. 8. Females kill and eat weak males. 9. Eggs were laid in the ground of the laboratory cage, deposits of two to five eggs taking place at intervals. 10. Copulation takes place in the intervals between egg-laying. 11. Males die soon after a series of copulations and females in a short time after the completion of egg-laying. bibliography Blatchley, W. S. 1902. Orthoptera of Indiana, 27th Ann. Rept. of Geol. and Nat. Resources of Indiana, pp. 397-407. Chidester, F. E. 1911. Mating Habits of Four Species of Brachyura. Biol. Bull., 21, No. 4, pp. 235-248. Lugger, Otto. 1898. Orthoptera of Minnesota. 3rd Ann. Rept of Enton. of State Exp. Station of Univ. of Minn., pp. 249-252. Pearse, A. S. 1909. Observations on Copulation among Crawfishes with Special Reference to Sex-Recognition. Amer. Nat., 43, pp. 740-753. 1915] Turner: Breeding Habits of Ceuthophilus latens 41 Stock ard, C. R. 1908. II. Habits, Reactions and Mating Instincts of Walking Stick, Aplopus Mayeri. Carnegie Inst, of Wash., Publ. 103, pp. 43-59. Walden, Benj. 1911. Bull. 16, State Geol. and Nat. Hist. Survey of Connecticut, pp. 142-147. Walker, E. M. 1905. Notes on the Locustidae of Ontario. Canadian Entomologist, 37, pp. 113-119. Zoological Laboratory, University of Wisconsin, December 1, 1914. DESCRIPTION OF A TRICHOPTEROUS LARVA FROM THE PRIBILOF ISLANDS, ALASKA* By Richard A. Muttkowski While collaborating with Mr. J uday in a study of some Entomos- traca from the Pribilof Islands1 the writer obtained a number of specimens of an undescribed trichopterous larva. As the spe- cies seemed to be quite common among the Crustacea it was evident that an attempt toward identification would not suffer for lack of material. Although our knowledge of the larval stages of North American Trichoptera is exceedingly meager, it was possible to determine by means of Ulmer’s excellent tables2 for European forms that the larvae belonged in a division of Limnephilidae from which only a few forms had been described. The position of the caddis- fly seemed to be in a group containing Drasus, Halesus, Stenophy- lax, and other caddis-fly genera, and the probabilities were that the form belonged to the holarctic genus Asynarchus. It was later discovered that Banks3 had described a species of Asynarchus from St. Paul Island, the chief island of the group. This species is Asynarchus simplex Banks; the writer does not hesitate to refer the present larva to this species of Asynarchus. Asynarchus simplex Banks, larva. General Characters. Tibial spurs 2, 2, 2. Lateral fringe distinct, black. Gill filaments single, unbranched, absent from segment one of abdomen. Horn of prosternum present. Head brown, no dark markings, in cleared specimens with lighter colored circular pits of the size of pig- ments spots such as are found in many Limnephilidae. * Published by permission of the Commissioner of Fisheries. 1 C. Juday and R. A. Muttkowski, Entomostraca from St. Paul Island, Alaska, Bull. Wis. N. H. Soc., (2) 13, pp. 23-31 ,1915. 2 G. Ulmer, Trichopteren, Heft 5/6 of A. Brauer, Die Suswasserfauna Deutschlands, pp. 1—326, 1909, 467 text figs. 2 Nathan Banks, Papers from the Harriman Alaska Expedition. X. Entomological Results. 4;: Neuropteroid Insects. Proc. Wash. Acad. Sci., 2, pp. 465-476, 1900. Asynarchus simplex, on p. 469, pi. 27, fig. 3. 42 1915] Muttkowski: Trichopterous Larva 43 Fig. 1. Asynarchus simplex Banks. Details of Larva. A, Right Plate of Pronotum; B, Right Plate of Mesonotum; C, Mesopleural Plate Above Base of Second Coxa; D, Dragger. Fig. 2. Asynarchus simplex Banks. Larva. A, Front Leg; B , Middle Leg; C, Hind Leg. Bulletin Wisconsin Natural History Society [Vol. 13, No. 1 Special Characters. Length 12-13 mm., width 1.7-2 mm. Head brown to dark brown. Mandibles three-toothed; labrum, and clypeus of typical shape. Clypeus with the dotted triangular or A — figure peculiar to many Limnephilid larvae; this figure may be incomplete or absent, although pits will be found on the clypeus arranged in some irregu- lar fashion. Pits of the head small, unpigmented. Thorax with the usual plates, metanotum with the typical number. Abdomen: I with three tubercles, one mid-dorsal; this latter tubercle quite large, extending posteriorly; a row of about 10-12 black bristles on each side of the dorsal tubercle. Ill to VII naked, except for a long dorso-lateral bristle medially each side of the mid-line. VIII with a posterior fringe of long bristles. On IX a chitinous plate dorsally with about 12-16 bristles, four of which are very long. Dragger and plate shown in figure 1, D. Gill filaments simple, absent on I, VIII, and IX (fig. 3) Lateral line distinct, with fringe of black hair. Fig. 3. Asynarchus simplex Banks. Larva. Showing Position and Number of Gill Filaments. Legs yellow, spines yellow, bristles black.’ Anterior femur with two spines on distal part, two on the short basal portion, an additional “ spine” or ‘‘bristle” over the second femoral spine (fig. 2 , A). Case. Length 8-11 mm., width 2-3 mm. Conical, open at smaller end, tapering. Made of small bits of plant fiber and sand. There is some variation in this, for in several instances the cases are made nearly entirely of sand granules. Described from over a dozen specimens representing various stages in the life of the larva. The smallest larva is about 5 mm. in length, the largest 13 mm. About eight cases are repre- sented in the material. This material is mixed in with a large catch of Entomostraca from Upper Ice House Lake, St. Paul Island, Pribilof Islands, Alaska, collected August 7,1906, by Dr. M. C. Marsh, of the U. S. Bureau of Fisheries. 1915] Muttkowski: Trichopterous Larva 45 Tendipes sp. ( lobiferus-flavipalpis ) In the same material were found two heads and some frag- ments of the bodies of a species of Tendiped larva (Chironomidae) . The species belongs to the lobiferus group of the genus Tendipes (formerly Chironomus) and possesses features similar to the form flavipalpis described by Hermann Gripekoven on page 157 of his paper “Minierende Tendipediden, Archiv f. Hydrobiologie u. Planktonkunde, Supplementband II, pp. 129-230, 1914. Pis. XIII-XVI, 92 text figures.” As far as I am aware, no species of Tendipes (Chironomus) has been described from St. Paul Island. Zoological Laboratory, University of Wisconsin, January 13, 1915. PRICE LIST OF PUBLICATIONS Orders and remittances should be addressed to the General Secretary, Public Museum, Milwaukee, Wis. Numbers not included in the following list are out of print and can no longer be obtained. Bericht des Naturhistorischen Vereins von Wisconsin, 1871, 1873, 1874, each SO. 10 Jahresbericht des Naturhistorischen Vereins von Wisconsin 1876, 1876-77, 1877-78, 1879-80, 1880-81, each 10 Proceedings of the Natural History Society of Wisconsin, April 6, 1885, to December 7, 1885; January 11, 1886, to December 13, 1886; March 14, 1887, to December 19, 1887; January 23, 1888, to Decem- ber 17, 1888 each 15 Bulletin of the Wisconsin Natural History Society (New Series): Vol. Ill, Triple Number, January, April and July, 1903 $1 .00 Vol. Ill, No. 4, November, 1905 50 Vol. IV, Nos. 1-2, April, 1906; No. 3, July, 1906; No. 4, October, 1906; Vol. V, No. 1, January, 1907; No. 2, April, 1907; No. 3, July, 1907; No. 4, December, 1907; each 50 Vol. VI, Nos. 1-2, April, 1908; Nos. 3-4, October, 1908; each 1.00 Vol. VII, Nos. 1-2, April, 1909; Nos. 3-4, October, 1909; each.. . 1 .00 Vol. VIII, No. 1, January, 1910; No. 2, April, 1910; No. 3, July, 1910; No. 4, October, 1910; each 50 Vol. IX, Nos. 1-2, Nos. 3-4; each 1.00 Vol. X, Nos. 1-2, Nos. 3-4; each 1.00 The following Occasional Papers published by the Society may be had for seventy-five cents apiece: Vol. 1, No. 3, “Sexual Selection in Spiders of the Family Attidae,” G. W. and E. G. Peckham, 1890. Vol. 2, No. 1, “Ant-like Spiders of the Family Attidae,” G. W. and E. G. Peckham, 1892. Vol. 2, No. 2, “Spiders of the Marptusa Group of the Family Attidae,” G. W. and E. G. Peckham, November, 1894. Vol. 2, No. 3, “Spiders of the Homalattus Group of the Family Attidae,” G. W. and E. G. Peckham, December, 1895. Vol. 3, “Spiders of the Family Attidae from Central America and Mexi- co,” G. W. and E. G. Peckham, April, 1896. The Wisconsin Archeologist, Vol. I, No. 1, October, 1901 ; Vol. I, No. 2, January, 1902; Vol. I, No. 3, April, 1902; Vol. I, No. 4, July, 1902; Vol. II, No. 1, October, 1902, each SO .25 This publication is now issued by the Wisconsin Archeological Society of Milwaukee, from whom the later volumes may be obtained. CONTENTS Proceedings On the Food of the Small Shore Fishes in the Waters Near Madison, Wisconsin . A. S. Pearse Entomostraca from St. Paul Island, Alaska C. Juday and It. A. Muttkowski Breeding Habits of Ceuthophilus Latens, the Camel Cricket Clarence L. Turner Description of a Trichopterous Larva from the Pribilof Islands, Alaska . Richard A. Muttkowski Actual date of issue March 20, 1915. Nos. 3 and 4, Vol. XII, were issued February 16, 1915. NUMBER 2 VOLUME XIII (New Series) JUNE, 1915 BULLETIN OF THE Wisconsin Natural History Society PUBLISHED WITH THE COOPERATION OF THE Public Museum of the City of Milwaukee EDITOR: RICHARD A. MUTTKOWSKI ASSOCIATE EDITORS: P. H. DERNEHL HOWLAND RUSSEL EDGAR E. TELLER The Wisconsin Natural History Society MILWAUKEE, WISCONSIN ORGANIZED MAY 6, 1857 OFFICERS AND DIRECTORS 1914-15 George P. Barth, President 302 Twenty-first Street, Milwaukee Henry L. Ward, Vice-President Public Museum, Milwaukee Edgar E. Teller, Director 3321 Sycamore Street, Milwaukee J. R. Heddle, Treasurer Public Museum, Milwaukee Wm. J, Brinckley, General Secretary Public Museum, Milwaukee PUBLICATION The “Bulletin of the Wisconsin Natural History Society.” Matter intended for publication should be sent to the editor of the Bulle- tin, who will transmit it to the associate editor of the proper department for consideration. EDITORS Editor: Richard A. Muttkowski, Biology Building, University of Wis. consin, Madison, Wis. ASSOCIATE EDITORS Dr. P. H. Dernehl Department of Zoology Howland Russel Department of Botany Edgar E. Teller Department of Geology MEETINGS Regular meetings are held on the last Thursday of each month, except July and August, in the trustees’ room at the Public Museum Building, Milwaukee, and meetings of the combined sections on the second Thursday of each month, at the same place. MEMBERSHIP DUES Active Members, $3.00 per annum; Junior Members, $1.00 per annum; Corresponding Members, $2.00 per annum; Life Members, one payment of $50.00. JUN 11 1915' BULLETIN OF THE WISCONSIN NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY Vol. 13 JUNE, 1915 No. 2 PROCEEDINGS Milwaukee, Wis., June 11, 1914. President Geo. P. Barth, M.D., presiding. Minutes of previous meeting read and approved. The main discussion of the meeting was given by Mr. Teller who pre- sented and described various specimens of tritobites from the Niagara, Devonian. A specimen of special interest from Wauwatosa had the com- pound eyes especially well preserved. President Dr. Barth gave a very interesting discussion of the habits of certain ammophila. Miss Elmer presented a fine specimen of Aristolochia sipho for obser- vation. Dr. Brinckley gave a discussion on olivine, pyroxene, and orthoclase as illustrating the action of water and carbondioxide as metamorphic agents. He also discussed the present day synthetic formation of rocks, giving as an illustration specimens of gypsum formed in the mine-refuse heaps by the action of decomposed pyrite on the shales, and the formation of magnesium sulphate by the action of pyrite on the mica of decomposed micaecous sandstones, exposed to atmospheric and aqueous agencies, as in wells. On motion the meeting adjourned sine die. Milwaukee, Wis., November 12, 1914. Meeting called to order by President Barth. Minutes of previous meeting read and approved. President Barth announced the following committees for the coming year: Program Committee for Sectional Sessions Dr. Leon D. Peaslee, chairman. Mr. T. E, B. Pope. Mr. Edgar E. Teller. Program Committee for General Sessions Dr. Paul H. Dernehl, chairman. Dr. S. Graenicher. Mr. H. L. Ward. 47 48 Bulletin Wisconsin Natural History Society [Vol. 13, No. 2 Mr. Ward on account of his many duties was unable to accept a place on the committee. The vacancy thus caused will be filled by new appoint' ment by the President. Membership Committee » Miss Flora Elmer, chairman. Mr. R. A. Muttkowski. Mr. Clarence J. Allen. Botanical Committee Dr. S. Graenicher, chairman. Mr. Howland Russell. Mr. William Finger. Mr. Chas. E. Monroe. Dr. H. V. Ogden. Committee on Game Protection Mr. Clarence J. Allen. Mr. Alfred C. Burrill. The third member to be appointed later. A communication from Mr. Adolph Biersach was read giving an account of his efforts regarding game protection and suggesting needed legislation along this line. The communication was referred to the Committee on Game Protection. President Barth gave a very earnest address on the work for the com- ing year and the duties of the members in making a successful year. Mr. Pope outlined the plans of the Program Committee for the Sec- tional meetings; speaking for the chairman, Dr. Peaslee, who was unable to be present. President Barth being unable to remain during the rest of the session Mr. Teller was called to the chair. Mr. H. Russell presented the following resolution: Resolved: That this society heartily approves of such action on the part of the state as will be conducive to the conservation and extension of our forest, the protection of the headwaters of our streams and reforest- ing of such cutover and burnt-over lands as are not well adapted to agri- cultural uses. The motion for the adoption of the resolution was seconded by Mr. Monroe. Motion carried. Mr. Pope explained the work of the Milwaukee Biological Society which held its first meeting November 11, 1914. There followed a general discussion by members of the relation of this society to the Wisconsin Natural History Society. On motion the meeting adjourned. STUDIES IN TETRAG0NEUR1A ( ODONATA ). II By Richard A. Muttkowski The first, part of the “Studies” was completed in June 1911 and published in November of the same year (this Bulletin, (2) 9, pp. 91-134). At the time the “Studies” were regarded as completed; but the receipt of certain materials from Dr. Cal- vert while the paper was in press caused the writer to withdraw the bibliography from the article and to note “To be continued” at the end of his article. Because of a number of reasons the present second part was not finished definitely until recently. Dr. Calvert’s material1 was all the more important as it seemed in some respects to overthrow the conclusions offered in the part already in press, pertaining specially to T etragoneuria semiaquea. It was only after careful study that the writer felt assured and permitted part one to be published. Since that date (1911) I have had repeated occasion to examine additional material and to test the accuracy of my assumptions as to the specificity of the forms of T etragoneuria: I see no reason to change the stand formerly taken, except in the case of T. semi- aquea already mentioned. Tetragoneuria Stella Williamson. Dr. Calvert’s material contained twelve specimens, all collected at Thomasville, Ga., in March, 1904, as follows: March 16th, 1 c?; 17th, 4 canis MACLACHLAN, Ent. Mo. Mag., 23, p. 104, 1886; d, type Coll. MacLachlan. MARTIN, Cat. Coll. Selys, 17. p. 43, 1907; d 9 desc.; $ t.f. 55, d app.; (9 may be spinosa). WALKER, Ottawa Nat., 22, p. 58, 1908; desc. notes; pi. 2, ff. 13, 14, d app. MUTTKOWSKI, Bull. Wis. N. H. Soc., (2) 9, pp. 96, 132; 1911; desc. d $ ; t.f. 7, d app. Syn. spinosa NEEDHAM, Bull. 47 N. Y. State Museum., p. 495, 1901; dist.; pi. 22, f. 2, d adult. MUTTKOWSKI, Bull. Wis. N. H. Soc., (2) 6, p. 104, 1908; dist. spinigera SELYS, Bull. Acad. Belg., (2) 37, p. 20, 1874; $ only, may be spinosa. Nymph. NEEDHAM, 1. c., p. 495, 1901; dist. as T. spinosa. Distr. Carolinian, N. H. and Wis. to Ga. complanata RAMBUR, SELYS, MARTIN, syn. ad semiaquea. costalis SELYS, Bull. Acad. Belg., (2) 31, p. 273, 1871; $, type British Museum. L.c., (2) 37, p. 20, 1874; notes. MARTIN, Cat. Coll. Selys, 17, p. 42, 1907; desc. KIRBY, in MUTTKOWSKI, Bull. Wis. N. H. Soc., (2) 9, p. 132; 1911; $ desc. MUTTKOWSKI, Bull. Wis. N. H. Soc., (2) 9, pp. 96, 133, 1911; disc. L. c., (2) 13, p. 59, 1915; disc. Distr. Ga. cynosura (SAY), Jn. Acad. Phila., 8, p. 30, 1871; d ( Libellula ), type Mus. Boston Soc. SELYS, Bull. Acad. Belg., (2) 31, p. 270; d 9 desc. ( Cordulia ) pars. HAGEN, Proc. Boston Soc., 15, p. 271, 1873; on type & identity. CALVERT, Trans. Am. Ent. Soc., 20, p. 252, 1893; desc. ( Tetra - goneuria). KELLICOTT, Oaon, Ohio, p. 89, 1899; desc. WILLIAMSON, Drag. Ind., p. 311, 1900; desc. Ent. News, 16, p. 255, 1906; ethol. notes; oviposition. NEEDHAM, Bull. 47 N. Y. State Mus., p. 493, 1901; ethol. notes; dist. Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., 26, p. 724, 1903; t. f. 19, wings. MARTIN, Cat. Coll. Selys, 17, p. 41, 1907; desc. t. f. 54, d app. WALKER, Ottawa Nat., 22, p. 57, 1908; brief diag.; pi. 2, ff. 11, 12, d app. MUTTKOWSKI, Bull. Wis. N. H. Soc., (2) 6, p. 104, 1908; desc. Bull. Milwaukee Mus., 1, p. 125, 1910; bibl. Bull. Wis. N. H. Soc., (2) 9, pp. 96, 104, 1911; desc.; t. f. 3, d 9 char. L. c., (2) 13, p. 60, 1915; disc, of relations. Syn. basiguttata SELYS, Bull. Acad. Belg., (2) 31, p. 271, 1871; d 9, Coll. Selys. MARTIN, Cat. Coll. Selys, 17, p. 42, 1907; desc. MUTTKOWSKI, Bull. Milwaukee Mus., 1, p. 126, 1910; bibl. 1915] Muttkowski: Studies in Tetragoneuria (.Odonata) lateralis BURMEISTER, Handb. Ent., 2, p. 847, 1849; tf1, ( Epophthal - mia), type M. C. Z. HAGEN, Syn. Neur. N. Am., p. 139, 1861; $ , ( Cordulia ). Hagen 1873. CALVERT, Trans. Am. Ent. Soc., 25, p. 58, 1898; on Burm. type. Nymph. CABOT, Mem. M. C. Z., 17, p. 28, 1890; desc: NEEDHAM, Bull. 47, N. Y. State Mus., p. 492, 1901; desc.; t. f. 20, abdomen. Distr. Transition to Carolinian, Maine and Minn, to Ga. and Okl. forma cynosura cynosura SAY, cum antea pro cynosura, except syn. MUTTKOWSKI, Bull. Wis. N. H. Soc., (2) 9, pp. 95, 106, 1911; desc.; pi. 6, 7, wings. L. c., (2) 13, pp. 53, 60, 1915; dist. and disc. Distr. Southern specimens, N. Y. and Iowa Southward. forma cynosura simulans MUTTKOWSKI, Bull. Wis. N. H. Soc., (2) 9, pp. 95, 106, 1911; desc., an arbitrary name; pi. 7, 8, wings. L. c., (2) 13, pp. 53, 60, 1915; dist. and disc. Syn. difinis SELYS, Bull. Acad. Belg., (2) 31, p. 272, 1871; insufficient diagnosis. semiaquea CALVERT, Trans. Am. Ent. Soc., 20, p. 252, 1893; pars. NEEDHAM, Bull. 47 N. Y. State Mus., p. 493, 1901; dist. HOWARD, Ins. Book. 1902; pi. 43, f. 1, cf adult. MARTIN, Cat. Coll. Selys, 17, p. 42, 1907 ; desc. (race of cynosura ). MUTTKOWSKI, Bull. Wis. N. H. Soc., (2) 6, p. 104, 1908; desc. Distr. Northern specimens, N. Y. and la. northward. Reaching coast in Mass. diffinis SELYS, syn. ad cynosura simulans. indistincta MORSE, MARTIN, syn. ad spinigera. lateralis BURMEISTER, HAGEN, syn. ad cynosura cynosura. morio MUTTKOWSKI, Bull. Wis. N. H. Soc., (2) 9, pp. 96, 125, 1911; cf1 $ desc., holotype Milwaukee Mus.; t. f. 5, cf $ char. Distr. Boreal into Trans., Wis., Mich., and Me. petechialis MUTTKOWSKI, Bull. Wis. N. H. Soc., (2) 9, pp. 95, 101; c? $ desc.; types Milwaukee Mus., Coll. Calvert. Distr. Austroriparian, Tex. to Fla. semiaquea (BURMEISTER), Handb. Ent., 2, p. 858, 1839; $, ( Libellula ), holotype M. C. Z. HAGEN, Syn. Neur. N. Am., p. 140, 1861; 9 d\ ( Tetragoneuria ). Proc. Boston Soc., 16, p. 360, 1874; notes ( Cordulia ) CALVERT, Trans. Am. Ent. Soc., 20, p. 252, 1893; desc. ( Tetra- goneuriai); pars. L. c., 25, p. 88, 1898; on Burm. type. MUTTKOWSKI, Bull. Wis. N. H. Soc., (2) 9, pp. 95, 118, 1911; desc. & disc.; pi. 8, wings. 58 Bulletin Wisconsin Natural History Society [Vol. 13, No. 2 Syn. complanata (RAMBUR), Ins. Xeur., p. 145, 1842; ( Cordulia ), 9 cf Coll. Selys. SELYS, Bull. Acad. Eelg., (2) 31, p. 273, 1871; desc. MARTIN, Cat. Coll. Selys, 17, p. 42, 1907; desc. ( Tetragoneuria ). Distr. Atlantic Coast states, Fla. to Mass. forma semiaquea calverti MUTTKOWSKI, Bull. Wis. N. H. Soc., (2) 13, p. 53, 1915; form arbitrarily designated. Distr. southern specimens, Fla. and Ga. chiefly. forma semiaquea semiaquea BURMEISTER. References as under semi- aquea. MUTTKOWSKI, Bull. Wis. N. H. Soc., (2) 13, p. 53, 1915; form arbitrarily designated. Distr. More northern specimens, Ga. to Mass. simulans MUTTKOWSKI, forma sub cy nosura. spinigera SELYS, Bull. Acad. Belg., (2) 31, p. 269, 1871; cf, type Coll. Selys. L. c., (2) 37, p. 20, 1874; $, British Museum. WILLIAMSON, Drag. Ind., p. 311, 1900; desc. NEEDHAM, Bull. 47 N. Y. State Mus., p. 493, 1901; dist., ethol. notes. MARTIN, Cat. Coll. Selys, 17, p. 45, 1907; desc., t. f. 57, cf app. MUTTKOWSKI, Bull. Wis. N. H. Soc., (2) 6, pi. 104, 1908; desc. Bull. Milwaukee Mus., 1, p. 126, 1910; bibl. Bull. Wis. N. H. Soc., (2) 9, pp. 96, 127, 1911; desc.; t. f. 6, $ app. Syn. indistincta MORSE, Psyche, 7, p. 210, 1895; 9, type M. C. Z. MARTIN, Cat. Coll. Selys, 17, p. 45, 1907; desc. CALVERT, In MUTTKOWSKI, Bull. Wis. N. H. Soc., (2) 9, p. 130, 1911; identity. Nymph. NEEDHAM, 1. c., p. 492, 1901; dist. Distr. Transition to Upper Austral; B. C. and Wash, to Wis. and Ga. spinosa (HAGEN), Bull. Acad. Belg., (2) 45, p. 188, 1878; cf 9, {Cordulia), types: cf Coll. Selys, 9 British Museum: (9 may be cams). MARTIN, Cat. Coll. Selys, 17, p. 44, 1907; desc.; t.f. 56, cf app. MUTTKOWSKI, Bull. Wis. N. H. Soc., (2) 9, p. 96, 1911; dist. Syn. spinigera SELYS, Bull. Acad. Belg., (2) 37, p. 20, 1878; 9 only (may belong to canis). Distr. Ga. (cf , 9 record may belong elsewhere). spinosa NEEDHAM, MUTTKOWSKI (1908), WALKER (1908), syn. ad canis. Stella WILLIAMSON, in MUTTKOWSKI, Bull. Wis. N. H. Soc., (2) 9, pp. 95, 96, 1911; cf 9 desc., types Coll. Williamson. MUTTKOWSKI, 1. c., p. 99, 1911; notes; t. f. 2, cf 9 char.; pi. 6, wings. Distr. Austroriparian, Fla and Ga. to La. 1915] Muttkowski: Studies in Tetragoneuria (Odonata) 59 williamsoni MUTTKOWSKI, Bull. Wis. N. H. Soc., (2) 9, pp. 95, 122, 1911 : 9 & desc., types Coll. Williamson and Milwaukee Mus.; t. f. 4, c? $ char.; pi. 6, wings. Distr. Austroriparian, ? Okl. NOTES ON SYNONYMY A few notes on the synonymy are taken up in alphabetical order. In addition the specimens of the de Selys Collection which have formed the basis of so many of the species of the genus are referred to the species they appear to belong to; in this I am guided solely by Dr. Ris’ excellent notes on the specimens in the Brussels collection, these notes being for the greater part sufficiently detailed as to color markings to permit of fairly accurate determination. T. basiguttata. The reference of this form to cy nosura is based on Dr. Ris’ notes. The de Selys Collection contains two males, labelled: 1. Cord, complanata (Coll. Serville) Gold; 2. (L. com- planata/Amer. sept./ Coll. Latreille/gold) . Surely these are hardly in accord with the statement of de Selys (1871): “Le male de la Floride, (coll. Selys); la femelle de Conton, pres de Boston.” The female mentioned by de Selys is without doubt a true cyno- sura, while the male from “Floride” may belong to some other species, possibly stella. The two specimens listed by Ris are cynosura. T. cams, costalis, spinosa, and spinigera (Selys $ 1874). This is one of the puzzles of the genus. Through some peculiar adver- sity of fate I have been unable to obtain entire females of the species cams and spinosa. T. costalis was described from a single female now in the British Museum. A complete description by Kirby of this individual was quoted on page 132 of the “Studies.” The true spinosa, both male and female, seem practically absent from American collections; nevertheless, there can be no doubt of the identity of at least the male. Two males quoted byr Martin (1907) in the de Selys Collection as T. costalis are T. cynosura. Dr. Ris has this to say about the specimens: “Clearly, these two specimens are not in the least very different from the cynosura male of the collection. It is not evident if they have been classed as costalis by de Selys al- ready, or afterwards by Martin, or (perhaps this is the most 0)0 Bulletin Wisconsin Natural History Society [Vol. 13, No. 2 probable hypothesis) have got under the wrong label by want of room in a crowded drawer. The old drawer lable of de Selys bears in his handwriting the note: Type $ Mus. Brit. Georgia. This seems to imply that costalis is not represented in the collection. ” This leaves but the single type specimen as sole known repre- sentative of the species, marked by costal streaks of brown on all wings. The fact that the costal streaks are present on all wings marks this species as aberrant, since in Tetragoneuria the brown of the fore wing is confined usually to the extreme base, rarely reaching the first antecubital vein. On the other hand, it is not unusual in specimens of T. canis to have all of the wings flavescent, often with a slightly deeper flavescent tinge in the costal areas. It appears to me that an identity of this form with T. canis , as an aberration of the latter, is not a too far-fetched assumption. In this respect it is very unfortunate that the writer has not seen a single female of canis with a complete abdomen; in the few specimens seen by me the abdomen was inevitably lost. For this reason no absolute figures can be given as to relative length of appendages of female canis. Those mentioned are from the spinigera female, referred to canis by de Selys. After repeated study of the various literature and notes on the specimens of costalis, spinosa, and canis, I cannot rid myself of the impression of the possibility of an interchange of identities; namely, that what we have been designating as spinosa female may be canis female, and vice versa, with the true canis female lacking definite designation. If such an interchange could be shown (the suggestion is offered only as possible, not as probable), I believe that costalis would be found to fit in well with true canis females. It is difficult to offer any morphological grounds for this suggestion, especially as most of the literature lacks definite- ness as to critical points. T. diffinis Selys. This form has hitherto not been noted in the synonymy. Its characterization although vague when taken together with de Selys’ synonymical notes is sufficiently distinct to merit attention. T. cynosura simulans and semiaquea (pars). The synonymy of some of the forms is undoubtedly somewhat involved owing 1915] Muttkowski: Studies in Tetragoneuria (Odonata) 61 to the peculiar nomenclatural interchange in early descriptions, which have been variously followed by authors. In some cases the descriptions have been too inclusive. It is impossible to enter fully into a discussion of each reference; only the fact of inclusive- ness should be noted. The de Selys material under the head of cynosura appears to have its proper designation. Some of that under semiaquea ap- pears to belong partly to c. simulans, partly to semiaquea proper, although I am unable from the notes to say positively which is which. T. semiaquea. All of the material of de Selys under T. com- planata reverts to T. semiaquea; that under T. semiaquea, as stated above, is insufficiently diagnosed to permit accurate determination. It should be noted that it presents certain peculiarities, espe- cially exhibited by specimens from Massachusetts, which should make a detailed study of a long series from Massachusetts of ’decided interest. Zoological Laboratory, University of Wisconsin, January 27, 1915. THE BIRDS OF GREEN LAKE COUNTY, WISCONSIN By John N. Lowe Green Lake County is in the east central portion of the state. It is in the LTpper Fox River drainage basin. The Fox River is the main stream in the county, cutting diagonally across the county from the southwest to the northeast. Into it flows the White River; this stream enters in the northwestern portion of the county, and unites with the Fox near the White River locks. The White River is a cold, swiftly flowing stream, and is the largest of the secondary streams. The Grand River, with its tributaries, drains the southern portion of the county, joining the Fox River at the western end of Lake Puckaway. A canal from Mecan River enters it at Princeton; and four miles north of Princeton is Black Creek. Green Lake, the deepest of the surveyed lakes of Wisconsin* is located in the central part of the county, its outlet being the Puckyan River, which flows northward and empties into the Fox River. This lake has an area of 11 J square miles and is 237 feet deep. West of Green Lake is Lake Puckaway which is an expansion of the sluggishly flowing Fox River. It is 8.10 miles long, and 1.80 miles wide, making an area of 8.49 square miles, with a depth varying from 6 to 10 feet. The shores of this lake are swampy. South of Green Lake is Little Green Lake, with an area of 0.73 square miles (1.20 miles long and 0.90 miles wide). It is 26 feet deep. Spring Lake has an area of 0.17 square miles and is 0.65 miles long and 0.35 miles wide. Its maximum depth is 42 feet. Northeast of Spring Lake are Twin Lakes, the larger of which is 13 feet, the smaller 10 feet in depth. Both have muddy and reedy banks. The outlet of these lakes flows into Green Lake. * C. Juday, “Inland Lakes of Wisconsin.” Wis. Geol and Nat. Hist. Survey Bull., no. 27. 62 1915] Lowe; Birds of Green Lake County 03 DODGE C O. U’g Bulletin Wisconsin Natural History Society [Vol. 13, No. 2 At the extreme southern portion is Lake Maria, which is slightly larger than Little Green Lake. It is drained by Maria Creek which flows into the Grand River. The northern portion of the county is wooded, in part by virgin forest. This is especially true of certain portions of the town of Seneca, and of the northern part of St. Marie. The water courses of the Fox and White Rivers are bordered by much swamp, meadowT, and woodland. Lake Puckaway is one of the famous duck lakes in this section of the state and it affords an interesting region for the study of wrater fowl. The general topography of the county is rolling, with many knolls, running diagonally across the county, as the result of the terminal, recessional, and ground moraines of the Glacial Epoch. Consequent to this greatly varied topography and location Green Lake County has a rich avifauna. The present list is based on the wTriter’s observations since 1902. In a previous list, published in 1912,** only resident birds were listed. All birds here recorded have been personally iden- tified. "Whenever a species is included upon a study of a mounted specimen it is given because of satisfactory evidence that it wTas taken within the county. The following is a list, more or less complete, of birds actually taken and observed in Green Lake County. LIST OF THE BIRDS OF GREEN LAKE COUNTY, WISCONSIN Colymbus holboelli (Reinhardt). Holboell’s Grebe One seen on the flooded marshes along Sucker Creek, April 1912. This is the only record the writer has of this bird. Colymbus auritus Linnaeus. Horned Grebe Common migrant, very much more so on Green Lake than on Lake Puckaway or the smaller lakes. Mr. King reports a specimen taken at Berlin, May 4th, 1874; this is preserved in the High School cabinet.1 The writer has not been able to lo- cate the specimen. •* School Quarterly, vol. 3, no. 3, pp. 12-49, 1912. Berlin, Wis. 1 Geology of Wisconsin, vol. I, pp. 610, 1873-1879. 1915] Lowe: Birds of Green Lake County 65 Podilybus podiceps (Linnaeus). Pied-Billed Grebe Common resident on all the lakes, rivers, and fair-sized ponds. Many nests were found. Gavia immer (Briinnich). Loon Tolerably common migrant, especially on Green Lake and Lake Puckaway. Some remain on Green Lake quite late in spring. Larus argentatus Pontoppidan. Herring Gull Very common during the migrations. In the summer of 1907 there wTere four on Green Lake, and may have nested there. Larus delawarensis Ord. Ring-Billed Gull Seen in large numbers on Green Lake during spring migra- tions. Not as common as the preceding species. Larus Philadelphia (Ord). Bonaparte’s Gull Rare migrant, seen on Green Lake, 1906, 1908, and 1911. Sterna fosteri Nuttal. Foster’s Tern Taken on Lake Puckaway in the fall of 1907. Seen on Green Lake 1909. It is a rare migrant. Sterna hirundo Linnaeus. Common Tern Very common on all the larger bodies of water during the spring and fall migrations. Hydrochelidon nigra surinamensis (Gmelin). Black Tern Very common on the outlet of Green Lake, where they nest in large numbers. There was a small colony on Little Green Lake, in 1903. Many were seen on Lake Pucka way each summer. Mergus americanus Cassin. Merganser Many of these ducks are shot during the fall migrations. A very common migrant on all of our larger lakes, especially on Lake Puckaway. Mergus serrator Linnaeus. Red-Breasted Merganser Common migrant. Lophodytes cucullatus (Linnaeus). Hooded Merganser A rather common migrant; seen in greatest numbers on Lake Puckaway. 06 Bulletin Wisconsin Natural History Society [Vol. 13, No. 2 Anas piatyrhynchos Linnaeus. Mallard One of the most common of our ducks on Lake Puckaway. This duck breeds in large numbers in this county; nesting in the larger sloughs along the Fox and White Rivers. King reports it as a common breeding species about Lake Puckaway.2 Anas rubripes Brewster. Black Duck A quite common migrant, especially on Green Lake, where it was taken in the fall of 1903, 1905, 1908. Chaulelasmus streperus (Linnaeus) Gadwall A rare migrant. Taken by gunners on Lake Puckaway on several occasions. Mareca americana (Gmelin) Baldpate A rather common migrant. Taken on Lake Puckaway, Green Lake, and in a slough east of the White River Locks. Nettion carolinense (Gmelin) Green- Winged Teal Arrives March 21st to April 18th. Among the first of our fall-migrating ducks to arrive. Breeds on Lake Puckaway. Also reported as a breeding species on Lake Puckaway and near Berlin, by Air. King.5 Querquedula discors (Linnaeus) Blue-Winged Teal Arrives about the same time as the preceding; however, in 1910 it appeared March 1st. Much more common than the above. Nests were found on Lake Puckaway and in a slough on the Fox River. Spatula clypeata (Linnaeus). Shoveler Common during migrations. Fall of 1912 it was unusually common on Lake Puckaway. It is not as common on Green Lake. Dafila acuta (Linnaeus). Pintail An early migrant and quite common. Very abundant on Green Lake and Puckaway in the fall of 1904. * Geology of Wisconsin, vol. I, p. 604, 1873-1879. 3 Geology of Wisconsin, vol. I, p. 605, 1873-1879. 1915] Lowe: Birds of Green Lake County 67 Aix sponosa (Linnaeus) Wood Duck A fairly common migrant, less so than ten years ago. Nests found in 1904 along Devil's Elbow of the Fox River. Nesting pairs were found in the more secluded sloughs of the White and Fox Rivers. Marila americana (Eyton). Red Head A common migrant, comes early in spring, remains until the lakes freeze in fall. Taken April 6th, 1903, on Lake Puckaway. Marila valisineria (Wilson). Canvasback A moderately common migrant. More abundant ten years ago. Each year it is becoming more rare, although still fre- quent on Lake Puckaway and Green Lake. Marila marila (Linnaeus). Scaup Duck Common migrant. Reported at one time to be nesting on Lake Puckaway. In all probability it was the following species. Marila affinis (Eyton). Lesser Scaup Duck Very common migrant, perhaps the most abundant of all our ducks. Arrives April 8th to 28th. Frequents many of the small ponds. Breeds in the sloughs of the Fox River near Ber- lin; also on Green Lake and Pucka way. King reported it as a breeding species near Berlin.4 Marila collaris (Donovan). Ring-Necked Duck An abundant migrant, arrives April 15th to May 12th. May breed on Lake Puckaway where it was seen throughout the summers of 1904 and 1906. Clangula clangula americana Bonaparte. Golden Eye A fairly common migrant. Remains on Green Lake very late in fall. Charitonetta albeola (Linnaeus). Buffle-Head A common migrant, especially on Lake Puckaway. May remain quite late in spring, being seen as late as July on Green Lake. 4 Geology of Wisconsin, vol. T, p. 606, 1873-1879. 6$ Bulletin Wisconsin Natural History Society [Vol. 13, No. 2 Erismatura jamaicensis (Gmelin). Ruddy Duck Quite common migrant. Fall of 1908 extremely abundant on Lake Puckaway. Oidemia perspicillata (Linnaeus). Surf Duck Only three were seen on Green Lake during the fall of 1906. They remained until the lake was frozen over. Anser albifrons gambeli Hartland. White-Fronted Goose Shot in a cornfield near Princeton, April 3d, 1910. This is the only specimen I have ever seen of this goose. Branta canadensis canadensis (Linnaeus). Canada Goose. A common migrant. Flocks of 12 to 75 are quite frequent. Olor columbianus (Ord.) Whistling Swan Rare migrant. Seen every spring on Green Lake. The flocks are usually small, of 4 to 12 individuals. Not more than one flock is seen in a season. Botaurus lentiginosus (Montagu). Bittern A common summer resident, especially on the large marshes bordering the Fox and the White Rivers, and all the larger lakes. Ixobrychus exilis (Gmelin). Least Bittern An abundant summer resident. Habitat same as the pre- ceding. Ardea herodias herodias Linnaeus. Great Blue Heron Rare summer resident. The following nesting colonies, three in number, were known up to 1912: One west of Pine Bluff in a tamarack swamp (2 nests); a second at the juncture of the White and Fox Rivers, in some black ash trees (3 nests) ; and an- other in an elm tree on Haak’s ranch. Butorides virescens virescens (Linnaeus). Green Heron A common summer resident. Nests on the large marshes along the Fox, White, Puckyan, and Grand Rivers, especially on the first three. 1015] Lowe: Birds of Green Lake County G9 Nycticorax nycticorax naevius (Boddaert). Black-Crowned Night Heron A rather common summer resident. A rookery of six nests was found in the large swamp west of Pine Bluff; another on Fox River in a large elm tree of three nests. It must be quite numerous judging from the numbers of individuals seen at dif- ferent times. Grus mexicana (Muller). Sand-Hill Crane A rare migrant, said to have been very abundant years ago. It is reported to have nested at Marquette by Kumlien and Hollister.5 Rallus elegans Audubon. King Rail A somewhat rare summer resident. Few are seen because of its retiring habits. A nest was found along the Grand River in 1905. ! y Rallus virginianus Linnaeus. Virginia Rail Very common summer resident. Nests along all the streams, lakes and ponds, where cat-tails and reeds abound. Arrives April 13th to May 10th. Porzona Carolina (Linnaeus). Sofa Extremely abundant summer resident. This bird is very common on all the marshes and especially where the water stands the greater part of the year. April 13th to 30th are the dates of arrival. Cotumicops noveboracensis (Gmelin. Yellow Rail Rare and not seen in Green Lake County. A specimen of this species was taken on a marsh along Rush Lake, Fond du Lac County, in 1907. I believe this bird occurs in Green Lake County, but has been overlooked owing to its timidity. Gallinula galeata (Lichtenstein). Florida Gallinule Shot on the marsh near Black Creek, May 3, 1909. Other individuals have been seen during the summer but no nests have been found. 6 Bulletin Wisconsin Natural History Society, (2) 3, nos. 1-3, p. 38, 1903. 70 Bulletin Wisconsin Natural History Society [Vol. 13, No. 2 Fulica americana Gmelin. Coot. An abundant summer resident on Lake Puckaway. Not as common on Green Lake. May be found nesting in the more secluded sloughs and bogs of Lake Puckaway and Fox River. Arrives April 1st to 15th, when it appears in great numbers, the greater part of them going northward to breed. In the fall of 1914 Green Lake was covered by thousands of these birds. Lobipes lobatus (Linnaeus). Northern Phalarope One secured from a boy who said he shot it on the outlet of Green Lake, October 6, 1907. Steganopus tricolor Vieillot. Wilson’s Phalarope. A rare migrant. Taken by Mr. Rothmann on Green Lake, June 1910. A few were seen in 1912 on Green Lake. Mr. King says that in July 1876 they were abundant on the marshes bor- dering Fox River below Princeton, where five young birds fully fledged were obtained.6 Philohela minor (Gmelin). Woodcock. An uncommon summer resident. It occurs in the secluded spots of low moist woods along the Fox and White rivers. Ar- rives April 1st to 28th. Gallinago delicata (Ord). Wilson’s Snipe A common migrant. Seen all summer. May breed here. Some remain all winter, about the springs on White River. Pisobia maculata (Vieillot.) Pectoral Sandpiper A quite common fall migrant, taken often by snipe-shooters on reedy marshes along Fox River and Lake Puckaway. Pisobia fuscicollis (Vieillot). White-Rumped Sandpiper One secured from a hunter who shot it on the marshes of Big Bend, Fox River, May 1904. Pisobia bairdi (Coues). Baird’s Sandpiper Two were taken August 3d, 1907, near a small pond in the town of St. Marie. A rather rare migrant. • Geology of Wisconsin, vol. I, p. 594, 1873-1879. 1915] Lowe: Birds of Green Lake County 71 Pisobia minutilla (Vieillot). Least Sandpiper Not an uncommon migrant along Green Lake and Fox River. Pelidna alpina sakhalina (Vieillot). Red-Backed Sandpiper. A not uncommon migrant along the Fox River and Lake Puckaway. More abundant than the preceding. Ereunetes pusillus (Linnaeus). Semilpalmated Sandpiper A rather common migrant on all the marshes bordering the larger lakes and rivers. One fine male was taken May 6, 1912, on the marsh near Little Green Lake. Limosa fedoa (Linnaeus). Marbled God wit One male taken on the marshes south of Berlin, April 28, 1904. This is the only record for the county as far as the writer knows . Totanus melanoleucus (Gmelin). Greater Yellow-Legs A common migrant. Comes early in spring, March 28th. Some remain all summer and may nest here. Totanus flavipes (Gmelin). Yellow'-Legs Quite common migrant. Taken on the marshes near Lake Puckaway, May 4th, 1907. Helodromas solitarius solitarius (Wilson). Solitary Sand- piper A common summer resident along the shores of Green Lake, Lake Pucka way, Fox and White Rivers, and also on most of the smaller lakes and ponds. Bartramia longicauda (Bechstein). Upland Plover. A rare migrant, more abundant some years than others. Very common in the spring of 1908. Actitis macularia (Linnaeus). Spotted Sandpiper Very abundant summer resident. They are found along all our streams and ponds that are of any size. The most evenly distributed of our shore birds. Oxyechus vociferus (Linnaeus). Killdeer A very abundant summer resident. Its nests are common on all the lowlands, pastures, and fields. Bulletin Wisconsin Natural History Society [Vol. 13, No. 2 Aegialitis semipalmata (Bonaparte). Semipalmated Plover A common migrant. Four were seen about Green Lake all summer, 1906. No nests were found. Colinus virginianus virginianus (Linnaeus). Bob-White The Bob-white is by no means common in all parts of the county. It is found in the largest numbers in the town of St. Maria where eleven nests were found in the summer of 1911. Ten years ago it was extremely rare, but today is on the increase. It is an all-year resident. Bonasa umbellus umbellus (Linnaeus). Ruffed Grouse A common resident in all the wooded portions of the county, especially in the town of Seneca. Tympanuchus americanus americanus (Reichenvach). Prairie Chicken Very common ten years ago. December 18th, 1903, a flock of five hundred was seen on the White River marshes. There are many small flocks of eight to forty individuals seen often during the winter. In summer it is not uncommon to find nests in the dry meadows along the Fox and White Rivers. Very rare along the Puckyan River. Pediocetes phasianellus campestris Ridgway. Prairie Sharp- Tailed Grouse There was a fine mounted specimen (male) in the possession of the late Mr. Bartol. It was taken in 1886 on the marshes south of Princeton. Kumlien and Hollister report it from Marke- san.7 If it is found within the boundaries of the county it must be rare. Ectopistes migratorius (Linnaeus). Passenger Pigeon At one time, 1870-1876, there was a large colony in the western portion of the county. Now extinct. Zenaidura macroura carolinensis (Linnaeus). Mourning Dove An abundant summer resident. In the fall flocks of eight to twelve individuals are not uncommon. In 1905 three remained all winter on the William Gray farm. 7 Bulletin Wisconsin Natural History Society, (2) 3, nos. 1-3, p. 58, 1903. 1915] Lowe: Birds of Green Lake County 73 Circus hudsonius (Linnaeus) Marsh Hawk A very common resident in all marshy and swampy places. Accipiter velox (Wilson). Sharp-Shinned Hawk Abundant during migrations. Rare during the summer. In July 1906 found a nest with four nestlings. Accipiter cooperi (Bonaparte). Cooper’s Hawk Very abundant during migrations and as a summer resident. Destructive to birds; three out of five stomachs examined con- tained birds, one a mouse, and one was empty. Buteo borealis borealis (Gmelin). Red Tailed Hawk A very common migrant and a not uncommon summer resi- dent in small groves and swamps. Buteo lineatus lineatus (Gmelin). Red-Shouldered Hawk A fine male taken April 6, 1905 on Black-bird Point, Green Lake. Buteo playtypterus (Vieillot). Broad-Winged Hawk. Common during migrations. Frequents marshes and follows along the rivers. Archibuteo lagopus sancti-johannis (Gmelin). Rough-Legged Hawk. A common migrant. Aquila chrysaetes (Linnaeus). Golden Eagle There was a fine mounted specimen in the Turner Hall at Princeton. It was taken in the grove at Big Bend on the Fox River. The writer was informed that it was accidentally de- stroyed in 1914. Haliaectus leucocephalus leucocephalus (Linnaeus). Bald Eagle A not uncommon migrant, especially in the spring when two or three may be seen about Green Lake. Falco columbarius columbarius Linnaeus. Pigeon Hawk A common migrant, rarely nesting. Two nests were found in a tamarack swamp west of Pine Bluff. 74 Bulletin Wisconsin Natural History Society [Vol. 13, No. 2 Falco spaverius spaverius Linnaeus. Sparrow Hawk. An abundant summer resident. Pandion haliaetus carolinensis (Gmelin). Osprey A not uncommon bird about Green Lake. Often remaining the greater part of the summer. No nests have been found. Asio wilsonianus (Lesson). Long-Eared Owl A very common resident, especially in the wooded regions of the town of Seneca. Asio flammeus (Pontoppidan). Short-Eared Owl It is the most abundant of the larger owls. It nests in the wooded portions of the county, especially if these areas border marshlands, where it may be seen searching for food. This is invariably true at sunset and on dark days. Strix varia varia Barton. Barred Owl A quite common resident in the more heavily wooded portions of the county. Its weird call is not infrequently heard in the day-time, but particularly on cloudy days before storms. Cryptoglaux acadia acadia (Gmelin). Saw-Whet Owl A winter resident, especially during the cold winters when it visits farm buildings. Otus asio asio (Linnaeus). Screech Owl A very common all year resident, nesting in all suitable lo- calities. Bubo virginianus virginianus (Gmelin). Great Horned Owl A quite common all year resident, nesting in the denser woods, especially along the White and Fox Rivers, where its loud and penetrating call may be heard during the night through the whole year. Nyctea nyctea (Linnaeus). Snowy Owl A not uncommon winter visitant, particularly during cold winters, when it is very common on the marshes of the Fox and White Rivers. 1915] Lowe: Birds of Green Lake County 75 Coccyzus americanus americanus (Linneaus). Yellow-Billed Cuckoo A common summer resident and nesting throughout the county. Not as common and comes later than the following species. Coccyzus erythrophthalmus (Wilson). Black-Billed Cuckoo An abundant summer resident, frequents roadsides and small groves. Ceryle alcyon (Linnaeus). Belted King-Fisher A very common summer resident wherever water is accessible. Dryobates villosus villosus (Linnaeus). Hairy Woodpecker An abundant summer and winter resident, especially in denser woods. Dryobates pubescens medianus (Swainson). Downy Wood- pecker A very common summer and winter resident and is particularly a bird of the orchards. Sphyrapicus varius varius (Linnaeus). Yellow-Bellied Sap- sucker An extremely abundant migrant, arriving early in April and even as late as May 25th. Melanerpes erythrocephalus (Linnaeus). Red-Headed Wood- pecker A very common summer resident, few remaining in winter. This bird, the prettiest and noisiest of the woodpeckers, frequents road-sides. Colaptes auratus luteus (Bangs). Northern Flicker An extremely common summer resident. Frequents pasture lands. Antrostomus vociferus vociferus (Wilson). Whip-Poor-Will Quite common during migrations from April 27th to May 16th; then it may be found in isolated pairs. Chordeiles virginianus virginianus (Gmelin). Nighthawk A quite common summer resident, but more common during migrations and especially during the fall. Bulletin Wisconsin Natural History Society [Vol. 13, No. 2 76 Chaetura pelagica (Linnaeus). Chimney-Swift An abundant summer resident, arriving about April 20th to May 12th. Archilochus colubris (Linnaeus). Ruby-Throated Humming- Bird A common summer resident, arriving May 3d to 18th. Tyrannus tyrannus (Linnaeus). Kingbird A very common summer resident, nesting often in orchards. Arrives May 3d to 19th. Myiarchus crinitus (Linnaeus). Crested Fly-Catcher A summer resident and in this county nests in the lowland woods bordering the rivers and lakes. Arrives May 1st to 22d. Sayomis phoebe (Latham). Phoebe A common summer resident, nesting in all suitable places. Arrives March 14th to April 8th. Nuttallomis borealis (Swainson). Olive-Sided Fly-Catcher A rare migrant. I have only two records, May 25, 1908, and June 6, 1910, both taken in a grove near the east end of Green Lake. Myiochanes virens (Linneaus). Wood Pewee An abundant summer resident, nests in all suitable localities. Empidonax flaviventris (W. M. and S. F. Baird). Yellow- Bellied Fly-Catcher An erratic migrant, being abundant some springs and rare during others. In 1906 there were none seen. Empidonax minimus (W. M. & S. F. Baird). Least Fly- Catcher An abundant summer resident, nests in many groves and or- chards, but prefers damp woods. Otocoris alpestris alpestris (Linnaeus). Horned Lark A quite common winter resident, frequents stubble fields and fields of fall grain. 1915] Lowe : Birds of Green Lake County 77 Otocoris alpestris praticola Henshaw. Prairie Horned Lark A very common early summer resident nesting in grain fields. Later in summer it becomes more rare. Cyanocitta cristata cristata (Linnaeus). Blue Jay An abundant all year resident. Corvus brachyrhynchos brachyrhynchos Brehm. Crow An abundant all year resident, but more so in summer than in winter. Dolichonyx oryzivorus (Linnaeus). Bobolink A very common summer resident, nesting throughout the county. Molothrus ater ater (Boddaert). Cowbird A common summer resident. Usually places only one egg in a nest of its victims, but the writer has found as many as three in the nest of a warbling vireo. Xanthocephalus xanthocephalus (Bonaparte). Yellow-Headed Blackbird A summer resident, no nest was found by the writer. Seen on the marshes near Berlin, Princeton and Green Lake. Agelaius phoeniceus phoeniceus (Linnaeus.) Red-Winged Blackbird An abundant summer resident. There is scarcely a bit of marsh or swamp in this county in which one can not find a pair of them. Sturnella magna magna (Linnaeus). Meadow Lark An abundant summer resident, nesting in all suitable fields and meadows. Iceterus spurius (Linnaeus). Orchard Oriole An extremely rare summer resident. May nest here but up to the present date the writer has not found a nest. A male was seen July 19, 1903. 7$ Bulletin Wisconsin Natural History Society [Vol. 13, No. 2 Icterus galbula (Linnaeus). Baltimore Oriole A very common summer resident, nesting in shade trees, es- pecially in the villages where it is more common than in the woods. Euphagus carolinus (Muller). Rusty Blackbird A very common migrant, coming early in the spring and going late in the fall. Mr. King reports it remaining near Berlin as late as May 16. 8 Quisculus quiscula aeneus Ridgway. Bronzed Grackle A common summer resident, especially about the cities, where colonies nest in the evergreen trees. In the early fall they flock and visit the corn fields, much to their own detriment. Hesperiphona vespertina vespertina (W. Cooper). Evening Grosbeak A winter resident of erratic distribution. A large flock (28) seen Jan. 4, 1908, on the west side of the Fox River in St. Marie. Two taken Feb. 6, 1910, near the outlet of Green Lake. Pinicola enucleator leucura (Muller). Pine Grosbeak A male taken November 20, 1906, in a field north of Black Creek. A flock seen January 12, 1904, in a swamp (tamarack) near Pine Bluff. Carpodacus purpureus purpureus (Gmelin). Purple Finch A rare and irregular migrant. Comes in early spring, but on two occasions it remained quite late: May 1, 1903 and May 16, 1906. Loxia curvirostra minor (Brehm). Crossbill An occasional winter resident. A flock (19) near Princeton in 1904, a few in a pine grove near Berlin, in March 1910. Aconthis linaria linaria ( Linnaeus). Redpoll A common winter resident. Always present in large flocks, especially on weedy stubble fields. • Geology of Wisconsin, vol. I, p. 551, 1873-1879. 1915] Lowe: Birds of Green Lake County 79 Astragolinus tristis tristis (Linnaeus). Goldfinch A common all-year resident, but is more abundant during the summer than during the winter. In winter seen in com- pany with the redpolls. Spinus pinus (Wilson). Pine Siskin A winter visitant and resident. A flock of about 30 in a tama- rack swamp in St. Marie, February, 1910. Passer domesticus (Linnaeus). English Sparrow Common all-year resident. Plectrophenax nivalis nivalis (Linnaeus). Snow Bunting A common winter resident found especially in abandoned and stubble fields. Calcorius lapponicus lapponicus (Linnaeus). Lapland Long- spur A common winter resident. Pooecetes gramineus gramineus (Gmelin). Vesper Sparrow An abundant summer resident, nesting along the roadsides. Passerculus sandwichensis savanna (Wilson). Savannah Sparrow A common summer resident. It is truly a bird of the meadows and marshes where it nests. Ammodramus savannarum australis Maynard. Grasshopper Sparrow A common summer resident, more abundant than one would suppose. It is very terrestrial in its habits and is flushed with difficulty, and as a consequence is overlooked. It was observed in blackberry patches about Berlin and Markesan; then, too, it was found in the wet marshes near Princeton and Marquette. Passerherbulus henslowi henslowi (Audubon). Henslow’s Sparrow A rare spring migrant, frequents swamps. Two taken in the swamps of Big Bend on the Fox River. Chondestes grammacus grammacus (Say). Lark Sparrow This bird is common in the western part of the state and is not very common in this county. Mr. King says he found only so Bulletin Wisconsin Natural History Society [Vol. 13, No. 2 one bird of this species in Wisconsin and that was near Berlin.9 There were four birds near Mt. Tom, July 1906. It was common in the fields and pastures near Markesan, July and August 1909. In 1907 two were seen in an abandoned field north of Pine Bluff. It surely is a fine songster. Zonotrichia leucophrys leucophrys (J. R. Foster). White- Crowned Sparrow A common spring and fall migrant. Zonotrichia albicollis (Gmelin). White-Throated Sparrow In company with the above; a common migrant. Spizella monticola monticola (Gmelin). Tree Sparrow A common winter resident, frequents roadsides and cut over- land. Spizella passerina passerina (Bechstein). Shipping Sparrow A common summer resident. Prefers to nest near the farm buildings and often becoming very tame. Spizella pusilla pusilla (Wilson). Field Sparrow An abundant summer resident, frequents corn, potato, and bean fields where it nests. Junco hyemalis hyemalis (Linnaeus). Junco A very common winter resident, arriving about September 1st and remaining to about May 12th. Melospiza melodia melodia (Wilson). Song Sparrow An abundant summer resident, nesting everywhere. Often a few remain throughout the winter. Melospiza georgiana (Latham). Swamp Sparrow A common summer resident, nesting in all the meadows, marshes, and swamps. Often associated with the Savannah Sparrow. Passerella iliaca iliaca (Merrem). Fox Sparrow A very common spring and fall migrant. • Geology of Wisconsin, vol. I, p. 540, 1873-1879 1915] Lowe: Birds of Green Lake County 81 Pipilo erythrophthalmus erythrophthalmus (Linnaeus). Towhee An abundant migrant, common summer resident, nesting in all suitable localities. Cardinalis cardinalis cardinalis (Linnaeus). Cardinal This bird is a rather rare visitant. One was at Berlin in 1911 from December to May. It visited a birds’ lunch table with other birds. This is the only record we have for this county. Zamelodia ludoviciana (Linnaeus). Rose-Breasted Grosbeak Very common summer resident, and is on the increase. Nests throughout the county. Passerina cyanea (Linnaeus). Indigo Bunting A common summer resident, nesting in the brush heaps along the roadsides. Piranga erythromelas (Vieillot). Scarlet Tanger A common summer resident, nesting everywhere. Especially fond of deciduous forests. Pronge subis subis (Linnaeus). Purple Martin An abundant summer resident, nesting wherever nesting boxes are provided. Petrochelidon lunifrons lunifrons (Say). Cliff Swallow A tolerably abundant summer resident, nesting in large colo- nies on the eaves of barns and other farm buildings. Mr. King reports it as common in Green Lake and Waupaca Counties.10 Hirundo erythrogastra (Boddaert). Bapn Swallow A common resident, nesting in the older barns. The new tightly closed barns have a tendency bo reduce its numbers. Iridoprocne bicolor (Vieillot).- Tree Swallow A fairly abundant summer resident nesting in the lowland woods along the rivers and lakes. Riparia riparia (Linnaeus). Bank Swallow A very common summer resident, nesting in all suitable sand- banks. In 1905 there were 344 nests in a sand-bank of the Fox 10 Geology of Wisconsin, vol. I, p. 516, 1873-1879. Bulletin Wisconsin Natural History Society [Vol. 13, No. 2 S2 River south of Black Creek. They remained here until 1909 and then gradually diminished in numbers until in 1911, when a few were seen. In 1912 they were on the increase. Stelgidopteryx serripennis (Audubon). Rough-Winged Swal- low Not a very common summer resident. Often nesting with the preceding species. Mr. King reports having taken a single specimen at Berlin May 2, 1874. 11 Bombycilla garrula (Linnaeus). Bohemian Waxwing A winter resident and visitant, erratic in its movement and occurrence. It may be seen in large flocks. In some winters it is very common, while at other times one may not be seen for two years. In 1908 and 1910 it was exceedingly common. Bombycilla cedrorum Vieillot. Cedar Waxwing Abundant all-year resident and common nesting species. Larius borealis Vieillot. Northefn Shrike A winter visitant and resident, at times quite common. In 1911 none were seen. Larius ludovicianus migrans W. Palmer. Migrant Shrike A common summer resident, nesting along the roadsides and line fences. Along the Princeton and Black Creek Road for four miles there were five nests found (1907). Vireosylva olivacea (Linnaeus). Red-Eyed Vireo A common summer resident, nesting in all parts of the county. Vireosylva philadelphica (Cassin). Philadelphia Vireo A quite common migrant, especially in the lowland woods. Vireosylva gilva gilva (Vieillot). Warbling Vireo An abundant summer resident, nesting in all orchards and along roadsides. In an orchard of 66 trees there were three nests found (1909). Lanivireo flavifrons (Vieillot). Yellow-Throated Vireo A common migrant. A rare nesting species, all nests found were in lowland woods and in white oak trees. 11 Geology of Wisconnin, vol. I, p. 510, 1873-1879. 1915] Lowe: Birds of Green Lake County 83 Lanivireo solitarius solitarius (Wilson). Blue-Headed Vireo A very common migrant. A male was taken July 16, 1908, in a dense woods near the White River Bridge in the town of Seneca. Mniotilta varia (Linnaeus). Black and White Warbler A common migrant. Protonotaria citrea (Boddaert). Prothonotary Warbler Migrant only. Have two records for the county, one at Big Bend, on the Fox River, May 1903, and one near Puckyan River, 1904 Vermivora chrysoptera (Linnaeus). Golden- Winged Warbler A rare migrant. Took a male June 26, 1911, in the town of Seneca. May nest here. Vermivora rubricapilla rubircapilla (Wilson). Nashville War- bler A fairly common migrant Vermivora peregrina (Wilson). Tennessee Warbler A common migrant. One taken May 11, 1911. Compsothlypis americana usneae Brewster. Northern Parula Warbler A common migrant. Found a nest June 18, 1908, along the White River near the northern boundary of the town of Seneca. Dendroica tigrina (Gmelin). Cape May Warbler An abundant migrant. Arrives May 4th to 26th. Dendroica aestiva aestiva (Gmelin). Yellow Warbler An abundant summer resident, nesting in all suitable places. Dendroica caerulescens caerulescens (Gmelin). Black-Throat- ed Blue Warbler An abundant migrant, arriving May 1st to 23d. It seems to be more common in fall, remaining often until October 24th. Dendroica coronata (Linnaeus) Myrtle Warbler An abundant migrant, among the first of the warblers to ar- rive in the spring, April 2d to 21st. S4 Bulletin Wisconsin Natural History Society [Vol. 13, No. 2 Dendroica magnolia (Wilson). Magnolia Warbler A common migrant. In 1910 it appeared in large numbers, April 28th. Usually arrives about May 6th to 18th. Dendroica pennsylvanica (Linnaeus). Chestnut-Sided Warbler A very common migrant, and a not uncommon summer resi- dent. It is usually found in cut overlands and borders of woods. Out of 13 nests found eight were in huckleberry bushes. Mr. King reports it as a summer resident from Berlin northward in central Wisconsin.12 Dendroica castanea (Wilson). Bay-Breasted Warbler Not a very common migrant. More common in fall than in spring. Dendroica striata (J. R. Foster). Black-Poll Warbler A very common migrant, arriving May 14th to 30th. Dendroica fusca (Muller). Blackburnian Warbler An abundant migrant, arriving May 6th to 26th. A female was taken June 11, 1908, near the Inlet (Silver Creek) of Green Lake. Dendroica virens (Gmelin). Black-Throated Green Warbler A very common migrant, arriving May 3d to 19th. Dendroica vigorsi (Audubon). Pine Warblef A quite common migrant during spring migration. Dendroica palmarum palmarum (Gmelin). Palm W'arbler A very common spring and fall migrant. It is common every- where. Seiuius aurocapellus (Linnaeus) Oven-Bird A common migrant, and a quite common summer resident, nesting in the more upland woods. Seiurus noveboracensis noveboracensis (Gmelin). Water Thrush Abundant migrant, arriving early in spring, about the first week in April, in company with the Hermit Thrush. 11 Geology of Wisconsin, vol. I, p. 505, 1873-1879. 1915] Lowe : Birds of Green Lake County 85 Oporornis agilis (Wilson). Connecticut Warbler Not a common migrant. A male was taken May 17, 1904. This is the writer’s earliest spring record. It comes about May 26th, and even as late as June 8th. Geothlypis trichas trichas (Linnaeus). Maryland Yellow- Throat A common migrant and summer resident, nesting throughout the county. Wilsonia pusilla pusilla (Wilson). Wilson’s Warblef A rather rare migrant, arriving late in May and fore part of June. June 9 is the latest record the writer has. Wilsonia canadensis (Linnaeus). Canada Warbler A common migrant. In 1910 there were about 40 seen in company with the various other warblers during a period lasting about from the 18th of May to May 28th. Setophaga ruticilla (Linnaeus). Redstart An abundant summer resident. Nests are usually placed in a fork of a sapling or tree. One nest was found in a maple tree about twenty feet above the ground. Dumetella carolinensis (Linnaeus). Catbird An abundant summer resident, nesting everywhere. Toxostoma rufum (Linnaeus). Brown Thrasher A common summer resident, nesting in brush heaps, near stumps and rocks, or in low bushes. Troglodytes aedon aedon (Vieillot). House Wren An abundant summer resident, wherever there are suitable nesting sites to be had. Nannus hiemalis hiemalis (Vieillot). Winter Wren A common migrant, and on two occasions a winter resident. In 1906 and 1910 it was observed in a small grove bordering a tamarack swamp near Black Creek. Cistothorus stellaris CNauman). Short-Billed Marsh Wren A common summer resident, especially on dry meadows, where it nests. It is very retiring in its habits and consequently easily overlooked. S6 Bulletin Wisconsin Natural History Society [Vol. 13, No. 2 Telmatodytes palustris palustris (Wilson). Long-Billed Marsh Wren A very common summer resident, nesting often in what seems to be colonies. It is found in wetter places than the preceding species. Certhia familiaris americana (Bonaparte). Brown Creeper A common spring and fall migrant and winter resident. In 1906 one was seen as late as June 6th. Sitta carolinensis carolinensis (Latham). * White-Breasted Nuthatch A common all-year resident and nesting species. Sitta canadensis (Linnaeus). Red-Breasted Nuthatch A spring and fall migrant; in 1903 two were seen all winter. Penthestes atricapillus atricapillus (Linnaeus). Chickadee An abundant all-year resident, nesting in hollow tamarack stubs and decaying posts. Regulus satrapa satrapa Lichtenstein. Golden-Crowned King- let A common migrant, and sometimes remains all winter. In 1903, 1904, and 1908, a few remained all winter in a small tama- rack swamp north of Black Creek. Arrives earlier than the following species. Regulus calendula calendula (Linnaeus). Ruby-Crowned King- let A common migrant. Arrives April 5th and remains until May 20th, which is somewhat later than the preceding species. Hylocichla mustelina (Gmelin). Wood Thrush A common summer resident, nesting in all suitable places, especially in low, damp, unmolested woods. Hylocichla fuscescens fuscescens (Stephens). Veery A common migrant. Hylocichla aliciae aliciae (Baird). Gray-Cheeked Thrush An abundant migrant, especially on the east end of Green Lake and along the Fox River at the juncture of the White River. 1915] Lowe : Birds of Green Lake County 87 Hylocichla ustulata swainsoni (Tschudi). Olive-Backed Thrush A common migrant. One was seen as late as June 7, 1905. Hylocichla guttata pallasi (Cabanis). Hermit Thrush An abundant migrant coming early in April and remaining as late as May 28th (1906). Planesticus migratorius migratorius (Linnaeus). Robin An abundant summer resident and on one occasion a winter resident near a spring flowing into the White River. Nests everywhere. In 1909 a nest was found built on the ground. Sialia sialis sialis (Linnaeus). Bluebird Abundant summer resident, nesting throughout the county. It is decreasing in numbers. Arrives early in March, but in 1905 six birds were seen on February 12th. The two following birds are added on Mr. King’s authority : Spizella pallida (Swainson). Clay-Colored Sparrow Mr. King reports of taking it in the following counties: 4 in Green Lake, in Waushara, and 7 in Jefferson.13 Spiza americana (Gmelin). Dickcissel Kumlien and Hollister report it as a common summer resident in Wis- consin though very erratic in distribution.14 Mr. King reports having seen it in May at Berlin.15 Zoological Laboratory, University of Wisconsin March 4, 1915. 13 Geology of Wisconsin , vol. I, p. 539, 1873-1879. 14 Bulletin Wisconsin Natural History Society , (2) 3, nos. 1-3, p. 103, 1903. 15 Geology of Wisconsin, vol. I, p. 541, 1873-1879. OX GOMPHUS CORNUTUS TOUGH (0 DON AT A) By R. A. Muttkowski and A. D. Whedon The present paper is an attempt at a complete summary of our knowledge of this interesting Gomphine dragonfly. The species was first described by Tough (1900) from two males. Until now the*female and the larval stages have been unknown: this paper includes a description of both. THE FEMALE Color olive green, black, and. yellow. Face olive green, tinged with yellow, occiput yellow, vertex black. No black bands across the face. Occiput yellow, standing back as high as the vertex is long (measured axially), circular, with a median notch. Vertex black, three brown ocelli. The armature of the vertex is the most remark- able feature: On each side is found a spine or “horn” extending obliquely upward and backward and giving the animal an “antelopian” or “goat- like” appearance (figs. 1 and 2, A, B.). The brown ocellus at the base of each horn serves only to heighten this impression. Minnesota specimen with a protuberance on the anterior side of each “horn.” Thorax olive yellow, with brown or black stripes of the usual Gomphine type, though somewhat variable. The mid-thoracic stripes each side of the carina may be faint or absent. The lateral sutures of the thorax may have brown or black stripes or be without them. Legs with all femora yellow beneath, often yellow on the sides of the femora (in the male only the front femora yellow beneath). Abdomen with hastate spots on each segment, finely interrupted api- cally on segment one to segment seven inclusive. Eight with a small hastate basal spot, which may be barely indicated, nine black, ten with a median spot of yellow. Sides below with yellow spots on the basal two- thirds of each segment. Appendages half the length of ten, in form like elongate triangles, yellow. Vulvar scale (fig. 2, F) two-fifths the length of the sternum of nine, half as wide as the segment, the sides making the arc of an elipse, a median cleft half the length of the appendage. Measurements: Minnesota specimen: f.w., 37 mm.; h.w., 36 mm.; ab- domen, 40 mm.; width of head, 7.5 mm. Wisconsin specimen, f.w., 38.5 mm.; h.w., 37 mm.; abdomen, 44 mm.; width of head 8.5 mm. 88 1915] Muttkowski and Whedon: Gomphus Cornutus 89 Described from two individuals, one taken by A. D. Whedon, emerging at Front St. Pond, Mankato, Minn., June 7, 1913; the second taken by Dr. Wm. S. Marshall, of the University of Wisconsin, at Tenderfoot Lake, Vilas Co., Wis., early August, 1913. The disparity between the two females is somewhat marked, especially as to general measurements and color and markings of the thorax of the Wisconsin specimen. Unfortunately that Fig. 1. Gomphus cornutus Tough.. Head of Female, much Enlarged to Show “Horns.” from Minnesota has suffered in transshipment, the apical por- tions of the wings being lost and the “goat” horns being snapped off. However, the Wisconsin specimen is unimpaired and is therefore designated as the allotype of G. cornutus. The male shows no indication of the martial development of the head of the female. There is a projection over each lateral ocellus, but no trace of an upward process. The occiput is a bright yellow, flatly rounded, with a median notch, similar to 00 Bulletin Wisconsin Natural History Society fVol. 13, No. 2 the notch of the female; the occiput is hardly more than half as high as found in the female. Figure 4 shows an excellent view of the male and the extent of coloration on the abdomen; figure 2, E is a new figure of the appendages. THE NYMPH This description of the nymph is made from ten exuviae col- lected with the transforming male and female, care being taken to follow most closely those from which these two adults emerged. Examination seems to indicate that about half of these exuviae were of each sex. The following table gives the measurements for those from which the male (1) and female (2) emerged, and for the largest (3) and smallest (4) specimens: Length. Abdomen. Hind femur. Width head. Width abd. mm. mm. mm. mm. mm. 1 c? 39.0 26.5 9.0 6.1 7.2 2 9 40.2 29.0 9.8 7.0 8.0 3 41.4 29.0 9.8 6.9 8.1 4 37.4 27.0 8.8 6.8 7 .5 In general the fe males are both longer of body and stouter than the males. Body moderately slender, subcylindrical, tapering quite suddenly at the 8th abdominal segment, legs and head only with fine hairs. Head triangular (fig. 2, C), not extremely compressed, posterior angle rounded. Occiput broadly rounded and but slightly indented at center, pubescent, and bearing five polished scar-like spots equally spaced across the back, the inner three being triangular and the outer pair crescent shaped. Eyes normal in size. Antennae long and thick, reaching be- yond the labrum, the first segment globular and nearly twice the diameter of the others, the second round and of the same diameter as the third which is about one and a half times the length of the first and second together, the fourth segment a mere tubercle. Labium (fig. 2, D) never extending caudad of first coxae; submentum very short, mentum rectangular, very little longer than broad, slightly narrowed on its posterior third, median lobe Higula) fairly convex and covered with numerous flat spines or hairs and possessing a short, strong, apically bifed median tubercle; lateral lobe stout, about one-third the length of mentum (exclusive of movable hook; and armed with a prominent end hook, eight truncated, back-curved teeth and an acute, arcuate movable hook the length of the lateral lobe. Wing pads narrow, reaching to the base or . middle of the fourth seg- ment, 1915] Muttkowski and Whedon: Gomphus Cornutus 91 Fig. 2. Gomphus cornutus Tough. A, lateral view of head of female; o, occiput, s, spine or “horn.” B, anterior view of female head. C, Dorsal view of head of nymph. D, labium of nymph. E, anal appendages of male. F, ventral view of fe- male abdomen, showing vulvar scale. 92 Bulletin Wisconsin Natural History Society [Vol. 13, No. 2 Legs long, not heavy, hairy, and with short tibial hooks on the first two pairs, the hind femora reaching to or a little beyond the apices of the wing pads. Abdomen lanceolate, fully rounded dorsally but flattened ventrally; widest at the 5th segment from wrhich it tapers evenly to the 1st and the Sth, 9th longer and but little graduated, the 10th cylindrical and a trifle shorter than the quite uniform main segments; abdominal tip upturned; terminal appendages about two-thirds the length of 10th segment, stout and conical, the inferior a little the longest. Well marked scars on seg- ments 2 to 8, 9th slightly marked. No median dorsal spines; lateral spines absent except one short apical pair on segment 9. Median dorsal line defined by a smooth obtuse ridge, more distinct posteriorly. Of the five nymphs of the Arigomphus group now known, cornutus is the largest. The total length for each is approximately as follows: australis 30 mm, furcifer 34-35 mm., villosipes 37 mm., pallidus 38 mm. and cornutus 40 mm. The nearest relative of cornutus is without doubt G. furcifer. Walker (1904) described the nymph of the latter. Besides differing in greater length, the nymph of G. cornutus is a trifle less acuminate than its relative. Proportionately, segments 9 and 10 of furcifer are equal in length to 6, 7, and 8 taken to- gether; in cornutus 9 and 10 taken together are distinctly shorter than the preceding three segments combined. Small lateral spines are present on segments 8 and 9 of furcifer, very minute on 8; in cornutus the spines are similar. G. villosipes appears to be similar to G. furcifer. We have not seen nymphs of this form. COMPARISONS, SYNONYMY, ETC. Gomphus cornutus was described by Tough in 1900 from two males, taken in Illinois. His description was reproduced by Williamson in the same year in the Proceedings of the Indiana Academy of Science. Williamson added some remarks as follows: “Mr. Tough writes me that he thinks he has since taken the female of this species. The occiput is high, rounded, and in front is a triangular pyramid, its base bounded by the line be- tween the vertex and occiput, and by lines drawn from the ex- tremities of this line to the middle point of the posterior edge of the occiput. This species will very probably be found to inhabit Indiana.” 1915] Muttkowski and Whedon: Gomphus Cornutus 93 Fig. 3. Gomphus cornutus Tough. Male, Shortly after Emergence. With Exuvia. Fig. 4. Gomphus cornutus Tough. Male, about Two Days after Emerging. Enlarged. 04 Bulletin Wisconsin Natural History Society [Yol. 13, No. 2 This description of the occiput does not at all agree with the description and figures of the bred specimens. Williamson’s remarks were accepted as sufficiently diagnostic and «o noted in Muttkowski’s Catalogue of Odonata. However, in view of the present description it is safe to say that the mentioned re- marks pertain net at all to Gomphus cornutus, but probably to some closely related form. Since G. furcifer which might come into consideration is to be distinguished by the straight occiput, and the black dorsum of eight, the writers hazard the guess that the specimen in question is probably a female of Gomphus whedoni Muttk. Of course, this supposition can only be confirmed by actual examination of the specimen in question. Needham and Hart (1901) record the fact of its description and note some specimens in the “Bolter Collection, but without data.” Miller (1906) recorded a female from Iowa. “One female in poor condition, not fit for description, probably belongs here though the female has not been described.” The determination of the specimen had been made by Williamson. Muttkowski published a description of G. cornutus in 1908. As a Wisconsin record a specimen from Dane County (sex not quoted) was cited. This specimen has since then been exam- ined; it is a female of G. furcifer. Walker in 1908 published a record for Ottawa, Canada and mentions Iowa and Illinois as other localities. The specimen was figured by Walker. In 1910 Muttkowski recorded its capture for Milwaukee County in Wisconsin and added ecological notes and a reference to the subgenus. In 1913 Muttkowski reprinted Tough’s description in a paper describing Gomphus whedoni n. sp., using it for comparison with the new form. Both species were figured. Williamson in 1914 accords G. cornutus some consideration in discussing its relatives in the* subgenus Arigomphus. In his interesting discussion of the members of the group Arigomphus Williamson lists nine species under this subgenus, basing his selection on characters previously summarized. The nine species are given as follows: Fig. 6. Gomphus whedoni Muttkowski. Male, taken from the Type. 95 l>l LL1 riN W 1-1 ONSIN N \ r l RAL HlSTORl SOCIETI [Vol. 13, No. 2 9G “Legs dark, last femur black; furcifer, villosipes, cornutus, lentulus,1 australis. “Legs paler, last femora largely pale; pallidus, submedianus , subapicalis.” To the first of these groups we would add Gomphus whedoni Muttk.. of which a new figure is published with this paper (figure b). Gomphus whedoni is a close relative of G. cornutus, though distinct by the form of the appendages. In Williamson’s grouping Gomphus cornutus is a discordant element, as will be readily seen from a comparison of William- son's summary and the present description of the female G. cornutus. There are a number of points of disagreement. “Thorax green, varying in shade with age, sex, and species, and with distinct markings if present confined to the region of the mid-dorsal carina and the humeral suture.” Our descrip- tion states “lateral sutures with or without markings.” In t lie Wisconsin female these are very distinct and present on all thoracic sutures. “Hind femora extending be}rond the auricles.” This is cor- rect for the males. In the Minnesota female the femora reach nearly to the tip of segment two; in the Wisconsin female the femora reach beyond the base of three, covering about one- fiftli of the segment. It was this enormous elongation of the posterior femora — a truly Dromogomphus feature — which was one of the features which prevented certain identification of the Wisconsin female until bred specimens were obtained. “Legs dark, last femora black” (referring to the larger group of Arigomphus). Our females: all femora black beneath. The hind femora of the Minnesota specimen are largely yellow, with apical dashes of black. In the males only the fore femora are yellow beneath. All tibiae of male and female black. According to these color differences, Gomphus cornutus cannot be said to occupy a true position hi the larger Arigomphus division, but rather a position intermediate between the larger and smaller group. Among the six species of the larger group G. lentulus and austra- lis, villosipes and furcifer, and cornutus and whedoni form natural relatives. G. lentulus tends toward suffusion of the markings 1 Set* note by senior author at end of this paper. 191")] Miittkowski and Whedon: Gomphus Cornutcs 97 of the abdomen ( australis is not known to the writers) ; villosipes and furcifer usually have the dorsum of eight black, ten entirely yellow; cornutus and whedoni have a basal spot on eighteen with a yellow dorsal spot. ECOLOGY The material defining the life history of Gomphus cornutus Tough was collected at Mankato, Minn., on June 7th and 10th, 1913. It consists of ten exuviae, and a male and a female freshly emerged. The photographs (figs. 3 and 5) illustrate the condi- tion of the imagoes when discovered. The pond from which they were taken, commonly called Front Street Pond, is a shallow body of water but a few rods in extent, retained on three sides by embankments for the accommodation of streets or railroads: a perpetuated fragment of one of the boggy branches of the Minnesota valley on the outskirts of the town. Half its area is occupied by Sagittaria, Typha and other rooted plants, while its open water is usually well-filled with green algae. On one side the shore and bottom are quite rocky, on the other, where most of the vegetation is found, deep mud. It was in the open water just off the rocky shore that the masses of algae floated, upon which this dragon fly transformed (fig. 7). Here the water was from two to three feet deep. All the exuviae were found in the same position, supported by thick mats of algae and half sub- merged in water. As to other conditions, the weather from June 1st to 10th was very bright and yet moderately cool. This may bear some relation to the hour of the day when the unhardened individuals were discovered clinging to their cast skins: about 2 p.m. in each case, the female on June 7th and the male on the 10th. Both were very soft and entirely helpless. The male, which had crawled upon a floating, water-logged cat-tail stem, was scarcely able to retain his hold. A fairly heavy wind swept the pond every day and may have been one of the factors governing the transformation of the nymph at the surface. However, some search failed to reveal a single case of transformation upon an erect stem. Although Anax, Leucorrhinia and other dragon flies were very plentiful about the pond on these dates, there was no sign Bulletin Wisconsin Natural History Society [Vol. 13, No. 2- OS of Gomphus. A special lookout for adults was prompted by the presence of the emerging individuals but none were abroad. It might here be noted that Blackbirds, the Grackles as well as the Redwings, were especially busy amongst the vegetation close to Fig. 7. Pond at Mankato where G. cornutus was found Breeding. Nymphs came i p to Moult on the Floating Debris and Algae in the Foreground. the surface of the water, seizing and carrying away slender- bodied greenish insects; just what these were could not be detected from a distance, probably Dytiscus larvae or transforming Odonata. 1915] Muttkowski and Whedon: Gomphus Cornutus 99 If they were dragon flies, and they were taken at the surface and not beneath it, the birds may have accounted for the total ab- sence of adults of Gomphus cornutus where so many had trans- formed. After being photographed in the field both the male and female of Gomphus cornutus were removed to a cage in a laboratory win- dow where they matured their colors quite fully. The accom- panying photograph of the male (fig. 4) was taken after this captivity of several days. In size, depth, vegetation and surrounding topography this pond was very similar to the one at which Gomphus whedoni was taken at Iowa City, Iowa, on June 9th, 1908. Small ponds seem to be the habitat characteristic for the nymphs of the Arigomphus group. Muttkowski has taken G. cornutus at Milwaukee near a pond similar to that described. Walker collected and bred nymphs of G. furcifer from a similar pond. Needham and Hart have described like habitat prefer- ences for the nymphs of G. australis , villosipes, and pallidus. The habitat of G. lentulus is unknown. But for the remaining Ari- gomphus species suhmedianus and subapicalis Williamson (1914) cites “pools along the railroad” and “an artificial lake along the R.R.” as being frequented by the adults. As a group, therefore, the species of the Arigomphus group evince an uncommon unity in their habitat preference of still waters, such as ponds, puddles, artificial lakes, sloughs, etc. [Anent Gomphus lentulus Needham.] In a footnote to his 1914 paper Williamson mentions the unfortunate loss of the type of G. lentulus Needham. Williamson states, “This loss is the more unfortunate from the fact that lentulus, like australis, was not figured, nor were characters for separating them from their closest allies pointed out.” In addition Williamson refers to figures and some de- scriptive notes by the writer published in 1911. It is well to note here that I had no doubt of the correctness of this determination at the time it was made. My descriptive notes were in- tended to supplement Needham’s description while the figures supplied an obvious taxonomic need. As to the identity of the Brooklyn Museum specimen, even at this late date I recall perfectly the close agreement between the specimen and Needham’s description. This is especially true of the appendages. “Superior appendages shorter than the inferiors, strongly divergent, straight, scarcely tapering, suddenly obliquely truncate on end, with an 1CX> Bulletin Wisconsin Natural History Society [Vol. 13, No. 2 acute internal angle and a broad, black caruncle under the obtuse external angle.” (The italics are mine. R. A. M.) This description is in per- fect accord with my published figures. Figure 14 showing the lateral of the appendages, and figure 16 showing the dorsal view were less suc- cessfully reproduced than I had expected, and what was intended to indi- cate the caruncle may easily be taken for an accidental thickening or care- lessness in drawing; this is notably so in figure 16. Figure 14, however, shows the tubercle with sufficient distinctness. In view of the loss of the original type, and the thorough agreement of the Brooklyn Museum specimen with Needham’s description, and in con- formance with instituted taxonomic practice the writer designates the Brookljm Museum specimen as “Gomphus lentulus Needham, neotype by designation.” Though some small differences were listed in my paper, it must be re- membered that Needham had only a broken, patched, and presumably discolored specimen available for his original description. Except for a discoloration of the posterior segments of the abdomen the Brooklyn Museum specimen is otherwise completely matured, hence in good color- ation, which would account for the slight discrepancies as to color and markings. These, however, are none that exceed the limits of variation customary in Gomphus, and hence little significance is attached to the differences. It is the perfect agreement of the figured specimen and the original description of the appendages that seems to me as decisive in this question of identity. R. A. Muttkowski.] BIBLIOGRAPHY Miller, Newton. 1906 Some Notes on the Dragonflies of Waterloo, Iowa. Ent. News, 27, pp. 357-361. Muttkowski, Richard A. 1908 Review of the Dragonflies of Wisconsin. Bull. Wis. N. H. Soc., (2) 6, pp. 57-127. 1910 Gomphus cornutus Tough (Odonata) in Milwaukee County. Bull. Wis. N. H. Soc., (2) 8, pp. 110-111. 1910 Catalogue of the Odonata of North America. Bull. Milwaukee Museum, 1, pp. 1-207. 1911 New Records of Wisconsin Dragonflies (Odonata) II. Bull. Wis. N. II. Soc., (2) 9, pp. 28-41. 1913 New Species of Dragonflies (Odonata). Bull. Wis. N. H. Soc., (2) 10, pp. 164-170. Needham, James G. 1901 Aquatic Insects of the Adirondacks. Bull. 47, N. Y. State Mus., pp. 383-612, 36 pis. Needham, James G. and Hart, Charles A. 1901 The Dragonflies (Odonata) of Illinois, with descriptions of the immature stages. Part I. Petaluridae, Aeschnidae, and Gomphidae. Bull. 111. Lab. Nat. Hist., 6, pp. 1-94, pi. 1. 1915] Muttkowski and Whedon: Gomphus Cornutus 101 Tough, James 1900 A new Species of Gomphus. Occasional Mem. Chicago Ent. Soc., 1, pp. 17-18. Walker, E. M. 1904 The Nymph of Gomphus furcifer, Hagen. Can. Ent., 36, pp. 358-359. j 1908 The Dragonflies (Odonata) of the Ottawa District. Otta- wa Naturalist, 22, pp. 49-64. Whedon, A. D. 1914 Preliminary Notes on the Odonata of Southern Minnesota. In Minnesota State Entomologist’s Report for 1914, pp. 77-103, figs, and plates. Williamson, E. B. 1900 Additions to the Indiana list of Dragonflies with a few notes. Proc. Ind. Acad., pp. 173-178 (1901). 1914 Gomphus pallidus and two new Related Species. Ent. News., 25, pp. 49-58. Zoological Laboratory, University of Wisconsin, March 1, 1915. State Normal School, Mankato, Minn. THE STATUS OF HARRIS’S SPARROW IN WISCONSIN AND NEIGHBORING STATES By Alvin R. Cahn During the spring of 1914 the writer was fortunate enough to collect a specimen of the Harris sparrow, Zonotrichia querula, (Nuttall), in Waukesha county, Wisconsin, and as it was a new bird to him — at least in the flesh — a search of the ornithological literature for references as to its occurrence in the state followed. This naturalK led to references in the adjoining states, until it was deemed advisable to collect under one heading just what has been published relative to the status of the bird in this por- tion of the United States. The writer wishes also to add four additional records to those already published for Illinois, and twelve to the small list of Wisconsin records, nine of which were made during May, 1914. It must be stated at the outset that the species is uncommon, if not rare east of the Mississippi river, for it seems hardly prob- able that a bird of so striking appearance should be as com- pletely overlooked as would be necessary to account for the few references to it in the literature of this region. Its breeding area is stated by the A. O. U. Check-list (l)1 to be the Hudsonian zone, but there seem to be very few authentic records of its nest and eggs. The migration range is given as between western Ontario and eastern Illinois, and central Montana and eastern Colorado; the winter home is northern Kansas and western Missouri southward to southern Texas. It may, therefore, be considered a bird whose appearance east of the Mississippi is the exception rather than the rule. There are many records for the Harris sparrow in the western states, as in Texas, Kansas, and Missouri, for example, where it is reported as abundant at one time of the year or another. Our knowledge of the sparrow up to 1884 is summed up very Numbers in parentheses refer to the title under the corresponding figure in the bibliography. 102 1915] Cahn: Status of Harris’s Sparrow 103 well indeed by Cooke (8), but practically all of his notes are for the country west and southwest of the area at present under dis- cussion. His data show the species to be a very rare straggler as far east as the Mississippi, as shown by the fact that he men- tions but two records each for Illinois and Wisconsin. With this introduction, the writer offers a brief review of the pub- lished records of Harris’s sparrow in Wisconsin and the neigh- boring states, aware that it is probably incomplete, but believ- ing that the most important records have been covered. The ornithological literature of the states east of the Missis- sippi river is comparatively silent regarding the Harris sparrow. Ridgway (24) states that he knows of but two records for Illi- nois, one in 1877, and the other in 1880, and mentions the fact that several examples have been taken in southern Wisconsin, near the Illinois line. Woodruff (28) refers to the records of Nelson (21) and Dunn (15), and adds that of Mr. Deane, who, on May 11, 1904, observed a male of the species feeding with a flock of ‘‘sparrows” the species of which, unfortunately, is not given. Cory (11) summarizes the reports of the preceding authori- ties, and adds the records of Polig (22) — a male and a female — and of Wyman (29) — a male — on October 13, 1907. Data for Michigan are brought together by Barrows (4) and consist of three records for the state up to 1912, two females and a male — an immature female on September 30, 1894, a male on October 12, 1894, and a female on February 22, 1900. Records for the other bordering states are even fewer in number. Roberts (26) records the species from Minneapolis, Minnesota, as occur- ring from September 25 to October 15, and during the second and third weeks in May. Hatch (16) reports the bird from Minne- sota, saying that it has been often seen in migration, and the only specific data given is that of May 11, 1885. Incidentally he says: “Nearly all the localities where it has been obtained have been along the course of streams and in the brush that fringes them.” Cooke (10) gives five spring and three fall records for the same state. In Iowa, Anderson (2) says that the species is a common migrant in the western and middle portions of the state, but rare and irregular in the eastern third. Seven records are given for the latter part of the state — four spring, one fall, and two general — but the exact localities are not mentioned. Coues 104 Bulletin Wisconsin Natural History Society [Vol. 13, No. 2 (12) quotes J. A. Allen as saying that the Museum of Compara- tive Zoology contains specimens from various points in Iowa, but gives no data, merely referring to the abundance of the bird in the central part of the state. The data for Ohio consist of two records: one as published by Davie (14) and quoted by Jones (17): a single specimen shot April 29, 1899, two miles north of Columbus, out of a flock of four or five, in a thicket with white-throated sparrows (Z. albicol- lis ); the other as listed by Cooke (10), also from Columbus, on April 27, 1889. Butler (7) mentions the species in a hypo- thetical list of Indiana birds, while Cooke (10) records a speci- men from Sheridan, Indiana, for May 4, 1907. The published data for Wisconsin consist of a few scattered records summed up by Kumlien and Hollister (19), who quote J. N. Clark as follows: The first that came to my notice in Wisconsin were taken May 12, 1886, — a pair — and I saw no more until October 5, 1890, when three speci- mens were taken from a bunch of four, and again October 19, 1892, saw a flock of six or eight, and have seen a few individuals each fall since, but never have found it in the spring except the time mentioned above. It is a rare bird in this locality [Dunn county], but is becoming more plentiful each year. On July 4, 1892, Mr. Clark found a pair in Dunn county, and says that: ‘‘From their actions and the lateness of the sea- son, I think there is not much doubt but that they were nesting near by.” The authors also list a specimen taken in Iron county, but give no date; they refer also to an old record of Hoy’s (21) of one specimen taken at Racine, and state that “three speci- mens have been taken at Lake Koshkonong — one in the spring, and two in the fall.” However, the first published reference to the sparrow in Wisconsin the writer has located is that of Barry (5), who lists it under the name of Z. atricapilla, and says that it ‘‘is met with occasionally.” Ridgway (24) also refers to the specimen shot by Hoy, and to these reported by H. K. Coale, col- lected at La Crosse in October, 1883. Cooke (8) refers to this spec- imen taken at Trempealeau on the Wisconsin side of the Missis- sippi in the fall of the same year, and in another paper (10) gives two more records for the state: one from Elkhorn for May 15, 1909, another from North Freedom on October 3, 1903, and a 1915] Cahn: Status of Harris’s Sparrow 105 third and older one from Meridian for October 19, 1892. The Wisconsin Arbor and Bird Day Annual (27) cites various records from different localities, but as it is impossible to trace these to their source for verification, and as it is possible that some errors are contained therein, the writer passes over them with the mention of their existence. New Records Illinois Through the kindness of Mr. G. A. Abbott of Chicago, who has transcribed his notes on the Harris sparrow in Illinois for the writer’s use, the new records listed hereafter are offered. Mr. Abbott writes: “My records show that at no time did I observe more than two or three birds together.” These records are given from “Chicago and vicinity,” which area includes the territory bordered by an imaginary line drawn from Miller’s, Indiana, on the east, around through Joliet, Aurora, Wheaton, Libertyville, Waukegan and Lake Bluff. Wisconsin The data for Wisconsin which the writer has to offer are of interest for several reasons. From the foregoing accounts it will be noted that the published records are scattered and far between, and that there are but a few records from any of these states east of the Mississippi for any one season. During the past year the writer has had the opportunity of examining bird reports from many different parts of the state, and through these came six new records of the Harris sparrow for the spring of 1914. As these were but sight records, when the observer was not known personally to the writer, correspondence followed until the records were established to the writer’s mind beyond any reasonable doubt. Besides these six, the writer has two records of his own to offer — one a “sight,” the other a “collected” record. The following notes are offered on the latter. On May 9, 1914, the writer shot a full plumaged male Harris sparrow at Oconomowoc, Wisconsin. The bird, which was the only one of the species seen, was at the edge of a willow thicket, H\> Bulletin Wisconsin Natural History Society [Vol. 13, No. 2 and in the midst of a small flock of about a dozen white-throats, (Z. olbicollis ). As contrasted with the latter, the Harris sparrow was silent, though to be sure the writer did not spend much time observing so unusual a bird before collecting it. The birds all seemed to be feeding, and their general habits were strikingly similar. The shot that killed the Harris sparrow likewise dis- abled a white-throat, and a stomach-content examination of these two birds, feeding side by side, gave the following result: White-throated sparrow (Z. albicollis). Remains of four beetles, including one nearly entire Pterosticus lucublan- dus and one snout-beetle ( Rhyncophora ). Remains of the wings of two Hymenopterous insects. Remains of Lepidopterous wings, and two moth antennae. Two ant heads ( Camponotus pennsylvanicus) . Three mandibles of grasshoppers. Plant particles and seed, making about 40% of total. Harris sparrow (Z. querula). Eight Carpenter ants (C. pennsylvanicus) . Two small red ants. Other ant remains. Two click-beetles larvae (Elatridae) . One small snail-shell ( Polygyra multinineata) . Two spider mandibles, and one nearly entire Lycosa. One soft-bodied white larva (unrecognizable). Remains of Lepidopterous wings. A small amount of vegetable matter — less than 5%. In the following summary of the new records it is of interest to note that all nine of the 1914 spring records for Wisconsin, coming from eight different counties, fall between the short period of May 9th to 13th. 1915] Cahn: Status of Harris’s Sparrow 107 Summary of New Records LOCALITY COUNTY, STATE j NO. DATE AUTHORITY Chicago vicinity Cook, 111. 1 + April 20, ’12 G. A. Abbott Chicago vicinity Cook, 111. 1 + April 20, ’13 G. A. Abbott Chicago vicinity Cook, 111. 1 + April 17, ’14 G. A. Abbott Chicago vicinity Cook, 111. 1 + April 20, ’14 G. A. Abbott Unity Marathon, Wis. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 2 May 20, ’12 D. C. Mabbott Unity Marathon, Wis. 3 October 5, ’14 D. C. Mabbott Unity Marathon, Wis. 5 October 8, ’12 D. C. Mabbott South Wayne — Lafayette, Wis. 1 May 13, ’14 Rose B. Eastman Mineral Point. . . Iowa, Wis. 1 May 12, ’14 Emma E. Padon Unity Marathon, Wis. 1 May 13, ’14 B. W. and D. C. Mabbott Neenah ; Winnebago, Wis. j 3 May 10, ’14 D. C. Mabbott Milwaukee Milwaukee, Wis. 1 | May 12, ’14 Mrs. M.^L. Simp- son Barron Barron, Wis. 1 May 10, ’14 j E. W. Meadows L. S. Cheney Madison Dane, Wis. 1 May 10, ’14 R. E. Kremers Madison i Dane, Wis. 3 May 12, ’14 A. R. Cahn Oconomowoc. . . . Waukesha, Wis. 1 May 9, ’14 A. R. Cahn BIBLIOGRAPHY 1. A. O. U. Check-list of North American Birds. 3rd Ed., 1910, p. 261. 2. Anderson, R. M.: Birds of Iowa. Proc. Davenport Acad. Sci., vol. XI, 1907, p. 320. 3. Baird, Brewer, Ridgway: North American Land Birds. Little, Brown and Co., vol. I, 1905, p. 577. 4. Barrows, W. B. : Michigan Bird Life. Special Bull. Mich. Agr. Col., 1912, p. 500. 5. Barry, A. C.: Ornithological Fauna of Wisconsin. Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., vol. 5, 1854, p. 6. 6. Brewster, Wm. : Bull. Nutt. Orn. Club. Vol II, July, 1877, p. 68. 7. Butler, A. W.: Birds of Indiana. Reprinted from Trans. Ind. Hort. Soc., 1890, p. 114. 8. Cooke, W. W. : Distribution and Migration of Zonotrichia querula. Auk, vol. I. (n. s.), No. 4, 1884, p. 333. 9. Cooke, W. W. : Bird Migration in the Mississippi Valley. Bull. 2, Div. Econ. Orn., U. S. Dept. Agr., 1888, p. 193. 10. Cooke, W. W. : Migration of North American Sparrows: Harris Sparrow. Bird Lore, Sept. -Oct., 1913, p. 301. 11. Cory, C. B.: Birds of Illinois and Wisconsin. Pub. 131, Field Mus. Nat. Hist., Zool. Series, vol. IX, 1909, p. 590. UK Bulletin Wisconsin Natural History Society [Yol. 13, No. 2 12. Coues, E.: Birds of the Northwest. 1S74, p. 157. 13. Coues, E. : Key to North American Birds. Yol. I, 5th ed., 1903, p. 440. 14. Davie, O. : Nest and Eggs of North American Birds. 1S98, p. 377. 15. Dunn. J. O. : Auk. vol. XII, 1S95, p. 395. 16. Hatch. P. L. : Notes on the Birds of Minnesota. Geol. and Nat. Hist. Surv. Minn., 1892. p. 320. 17. Jones, L.: Birds of Ohio. Ohio State Acad. Sci., Spec. Paper No. 6, 1903, p. 219. 18. Judd, S. J. : Relation of Sparrows to Agriculture. Bull. 15, U. S. Dept. Agr.. Div. Biol. Surv., 1901, p. 68. 19. Kumlien. L.. and Hollister. N.: Birds of Wisconsin. Bull. Wis. Nat. Hist. Soc., vol. 3 (N. S.), nos. 1, 2, 3, Jan.-July, 1903, p. 98. 20. Macoun, J.. and J. M.: Catalogue of Canadian Birds. Canada Dept. Mines, Geol. Surv. Branch. No. 937. 1909. p. 510. 21. Nelson, E. W.: Birds of Northeastern Illinois. Bull. Essex Inst. vol. YIII. Dec.. 1S76, p. 108 (see also Brewster (6)). 22. Polig, O. C.: Auk., vol. VII, 1890, p. 241. 23. Ridgway, R.: Bull. Nutt. Orn. Club. 1880, p. 30. 24. Ridgway, R.: Ornithology of Illinois. Nat. Hist. Surv. 111., State Lab. Nat. Hist., vol. I, 18S9. p. 266. 25. Ridgway. R.: Birds of North and Middle America. Bull. 50, U. S. Nat. Mus.. Part I, 1901. p. 331. 26. Roberts: Bull. Nutt. Orn. Club, vol. IV, 1879, p. 154. 27. Wisconsin Arbor and Bird Day Annual. Madison. Wis., 1909-1913. 28. Woodruff. F. M.: Birds of the Chicago Area. Bull. YI, Chicago Acad. Sci.. 1907, p. 139. 29. Wyman, L. E. : Auk, vol. XXY, 1908, p. 82. References by States Illinois: 6. 10, 11. 13, 15, 21, 22, 23, 24, 28, 29. Indiana: 7, 10. Iowa: 2, 9, 12, 13, 14. Michigan: 4, 10. Minnesota: 9, 10, 12, 16, 26. Ohio: 10, 14, 17. Wisconsin: 5, 8, 9, 10, 11, 19, 24, 27. General: 1, 3, 8, 9. 13, 14, 18, 20, 25. Zoological Laboratory, University of Wisconsin. Feb. 25, 1915. NEW INSECT LIFE HISTORIES. 1 By Richard A. . Muttkowski In the course of certain studies on the insect fauna of Lake Mendota, at Madison, Wis., the writer has had opportunity to collect, breed, and otherwise obtain the early stages of a large number of aquatic or semiaquatic insect forms. A number of these prove to be known, others partially, others entirely unknown. The history of two of these forms is given in the present paper. The writer proposes to add to these from time to time, as far as opportunity will offer and his material will permit. Among the latter the writer numbers the partial and complete histories of a number of local and some western and Alaskan forms belong- ing to various insect orders. PSYCHODA CINEREA Banks Early in January 1915 a large number of insect larvae were noticed in three vegetable cultures in the invertebrate laboratory of the University. These larvae were determined as those of a Psychodid, or moth-fly, as popularly known. The jars were set aside for observation; some days later many hundreds of hatched specimens were obtained from one of them. These proved to belong to Psychoda cinerea banks of which the larval stages have thus far been unknown. The writer is indebted to Dr. Nathan Banks for the determina- tion. Upon examination of the vegetable culture the writer finds from the species of plants, and certain other indications that the cultures were made up from material collected from University Bay of Lake Mendota. This, however, does not mean that the specimens were brought in from the lake although such an assump- tion would be not at all improbable. As far as can be ascertained, the cultures were in the laboratory for several months. Since 109 110 Bulletin Wisconsin Natural History Society [Vol. 13, No. the usual life cycle is completed in about six weeks this could allow for two or three generations of Psychoda to produce the great numbers found in the jars at the date of emergence. Fig. 1. Psychoda cinerea Banks. A, dorsal view of larva; B, ventral view of pupa; C, dorso-lateral view of anal quadrifid processes. THE LARVA Length 5-5.5. mm., width 0.4-0. 5 mm. The larva is slender, cylindri- cal, flattened dorsally and ventrally. Color a translucent watery gray; in the pupating larva an opaque white. Head somewhat shorter than the prothorax, globular, entirely chitinous, light brown, labrum produced, transversely oblong. Eyes present and distinct, black. Annuli of the thorax and abdomen strongly marked, so that it is diffi- cult to separate the true segments from the annuli; this difficulty is greatest in the abdominal segments, especially the basal ones. Setae very obscure 1915] Muttkowski: New Insect Life Histories 111 and irregular, and often absent from the posterior annuli. Prothorax in the posterior annulus each side with a prominent respiratory tubercle, which is black in the distal half, clear proximally. Two annuli are present in each segment of the thorax, each provided with a pair of chitinized brown plate on the posterior part’ of each annulus. Abdomen with the first segment showing only two annuli, the following six segments each with three annuli. Each of the annuli shows a chitinous dorsal plate in the posterior part, elongated transversely, so that twenty plates are found on the abdomen of the larva. The plates increase in size posteriorly, are very large on segment seven, while comparatively small on the first three abdominal segments. These plates vary in size and are always present although they may be quite small and barely in- dicated on the median segments. This chitinization is found in all of the larvae, including such that measure barely 3 mm. In the three pos- terior segments there is an indication of grouping of plates by threes so that the abdominal segments may be thereby recognized; this grouping is obscure on the median segments and it is often very difficult to say where a segment leaves off. Each segment at the side bears a few setae on a slight protuberance of the segment. The last segment is as long as the seventh, entirely chitinous, taper- ing evenly, with a basal swelling. The segment is furcate dorsally and ventrally, each furca ending in a tubercle equipped with a fan of bristles. Ventrally, at the base of the last segment, can be seen the anal papilla, divided into four lobes. The prominence of this papilla suggests a second- ary use for purposes of locomotion. Such a use was determined experi- mentally; the larva uses it much in the looping fashion of the span-worm 0 Geometridae-Lepidoptera ) pushing itself forward while contracting and slightly lifting the middle body segments. The larvae were present in great quantities, in all stages from egg to pupation. However, the great majority were of one size, indicating an obscure periodicity which is also present in the adult. The larva is distinct from all other Psychodid larvae (thus far known) by the extent of chitinization reached in this form. For the sake of convenience a key compiled from the literature is reproduced. Table of the known North American Psychodid larvae A. Larvae dark, chiefly aquatic (some semi-aquatic or from moist re- gions). Last segment oblong, not tapering, 4 terminal fans of bristles. Each body segment with annular dorsal chitinizations, each plate with lateral seta. Ventral chitinous plates, present on most segments. Pericoma a. Larva stout, compressed, equipped with ventral sucking disks for attachment Pericoma calif ornica Kincaid 112 Bulletin Wisconsin Natural History Society [Vol. 13, No. 2 B. Larvae pale, slender, semi-aquatic or terrestrial; last segment slender, tapering. No ventral chitinous plates. Dorsal chitinous plates present on some segments. Bristles varied Psychoda a. Thoracic annuli with chitinous plates b. Chitinous plates present on all annuli of thorax and abdomen (2 each on three thoracic and first abd. segments, 3 each on abd. segments two to seven) ; eyes present, black ; length 5 mm. cinerea Banks bb. Chitinous plates absent from abdominal segment one (rarely one plate on posterior annulus) ; (eyes not stated, absent from figure) ; length 6-7 mm domestica Haseman aa. Thoracic annuli without chitinous plates, these confined to pos- terior segments of abdomen. b. Annular chitinous plates on six to seven of abdomen c. All segments with regular arrangement of paired setae; eyes absent (supposition), length 11 mm.. nocturnala Haseman cc. Segments without definite arrangement of longer setae; eyes absent; length 5 mm schizura Kircoid bb. Annular chitinous plates on five to seven of abdomen c. Segments with groups of dorsal, lateral and ventral setae; three annular plates each on five to seven; eyes present, brown; length 9 mm.; larva semiaquatic, at surface albimaculata Welch d. Segments without regular setae; annular plates three each to segments five to seven; eyes present, minute and black; length 8 mm.; larva aquatic, submerged. floridica Haseman The number of known (six) life histories is very disproportion- ate to the number of known species (over thirty of Psychoda, about fifty for the family). The chief trouble of breeding lies in the minuteness of the adult and the resultant difficulties in arranging suitable habitats for breeding purposes. The larva lives in the thin film of water covering the decay- ing vegetable cultures. They are active at all times, moving about and feeding apparently without rest. Though found in the surface film of water the larvae are not aquatic in the true sense of the term. In the live larva the two tracheal trunks can be seen to extend through the entire body, each side of the mid- line, each dividing anteriorly in the prothorax into three branches, the largest of which passes to the respiratory tubercle of the pro- thorax, the other two passing to the brain and mouth-parts, respectively. Posteriorly, the probability is that the two trunks 1915] Muttkowski: New Insect Life Histories 113 join in the tip of the last abdominal segment; I was unable to ascertain this positively, since the apical fans obscure the open- ing of the trachea. However, from the fact that the larva car- ries but a single air-bubble it may be inferred that there is but one tracheal opening common to the two trunks. When larvae are submersed a large air-bubble can be seen held between the apical fans, which are very favorable for such a purpose. It has been questioned whether the prothoracic respira- tory tubercles are functional or closed, such as they usually are in aquatic insects, at least in the earlier stages. In the present form a tiny air-bubble can often be seen attached to the tubercles in submerged larvae. This bubble may persist for some minutes, but sooner or later it will detach itself and float to the surface; this is obviously due to the lack of any means for keeping the bubble attached such as found in the caudal fans. From the foregoing it seems probable that these larvae obtain their oxygen not directly from the air above the culture, but from the bubble held enclosed between the apical fans — hence compar- able to the respirational method of adult Elmid and Hydrophilid and other aquatic beetles. This supposition finds strong addition- al support in the method of locomotion. Under the description of the larva I have stated that the larva uses the anal tubercle in locomotion ; to this may be added that the apical fans probably serve a similar purpose. Furthermore, it has been noted that the larvae move about actively in the surface film. If we assume the necessity of keeping the apical segment and with it the tra- cheal opening exposed (i.e., pushed through the surface film) in respiration, then the active “looping’ ’ movement of the larva becomes a physical impossibility. Also, such structures as the pronounced anal quadrifid tubercle and the apical fans lose their significance. Although this form is like other Psychodas in that it cannot withstand a long submersion, nevertheless it is worthy of note that specimens left in water for twenty-four hours resumed their normal activities; other specimens have been noted alive after forty-eight hours, and one lot which was purposely left sub- mersed for over four days still showed a few active larvae though by far the large majority had drowned. The larvae cannot swim although they will go through undula- 114 Bulletin Wisconsin Natural History Society [Vol. 13, No. 2 tory, or rather looping movements at the bottom of the vessel. It is of interest to note here that some of the larvae, especially younger ones, appear to be able to hold themselves to the sur- face film in a vertical position for a considerable length of time, varying from a few minutes to as much as an hour. Of course, disturbance will force them to drop to the bottom. This method of suspension from the surface is again comparable to that of Dytiscid and Hydrophilid larvae; obviously it serves the same purpose — respiration. THE PUPA Length, 1.7-2. 7 mm., exclusive of respiratory tubes. Color uniform pale brown. Respiratory tubes somewhat shorter than the distance between their bases, consisting of a brief wrinkled basal por- tion, and a wider smooth distal portion which is about six times the length of the basal part. Occipital crest between the tubes slightly roughened. Pigment spots and antennal spicules black; the pigment spots are placed at the lower end of the zone marking the extent of the future com- pound eyes; the antennal spicules are present between the eyes above the clypeus. Antennal sheaths each side reaching slightly beyond the line of the rhinarium. Wing sheaths and leg sheaths reaching beyond the base of abdominal segment two ventrally. Abdomen with segments two to six with two poorly defined annuli each, best recognized along the later margins. Each annulus marked by a ridge, the anterior nearly basal, the posterior subapical. The subapical ridge with small black sprnes interspersed with occasional setae, which seem to have a fairly regular arrangement, but which often are very diffi- cult to recognize. The basal ridge with four longer ventral spines, two lateral, and four dorsal spines, absent from segments one and two; each spine accompanied by a minute spine basal to the longer one. Caudal segment ending in two pairs of spines. The ventral pair is the larger pair, is longer than the dorsal and extends straight out in a line with axis of the body. To this position the dorsal pair are nearly per- pendicular, that is, they seem to arise from the ventral pair with a sharp curve, turn at right angles to the ventral pair, and end in two sharp black somewhat approximated spines. The ventral spines are widely divergent at their tips. I am unable to separate the pupa of P. cinerea from its relative P. domestica because of the insufficient description of the latter. However, since the pupal life is hardly longer than two or three days its positive identification becomes of less importance. 1915] Muttkowski: New Insect Life Histories 115 The pupae are found buried in the vegetable matter with their respiratory tubes just protruding above the surface film. Whether the pupae are specifically lighter than water or whether the amount of air present may be assigned as a cause, — whichever be the case, the pupa floats in the water, differing in this respect from the larva. After being held in the water for over forty-eight hours the pupae still showed life. THE ADULT Specimens examined seemed to run out to P. elegans Kincaid in the key given by Haseman (1907). To attain certainty a number of the adults were sent to Dr. Banks for examination. Dr. Banks identified them as P. cinerea Banks. This determina- tion was questioned because of certain differences between speci- mens and descriptions. To which Dr. Banks replied: “I have compared the specimens with my Psychoda cinerea and see no differences; in my specimens, which are dry, the antennae are very hairy, and I cannot see how many joints there are, and I may have made a mistake in counting them in my original description.” The number of antennal joints originally cited for P. cinerea is fifteen. An examination of 12 males and 12 females taken at random shows sixteen joints in all antennae. It is this point which led to determination as P. elegans. Relative to the suggestion that P. elegans and P. cinerea are identical Dr. Banks states the following: “I do not know elegans, but judge it is a more slender-winged species, and that it is more marked than cinerea to be called elegans. It is some years since 1 worked over these forms.” The differences given by Haseman (1907) are: “ Antennal joints sixteen; length of antennae one and one-half times the width of the wing (P. elegans) .” As just stated, the first character — antennal joint sixteen — is shown to be identical in P. cinerea. The second character relative to proportional length of antennae may be applied equally well to the specimens of P. cinerea. Another character given for P. cinerea is, “Wings at least 2 mm. long.” The wing length in the bred material is subject to considerable variation. If anything, the average length of the wings of this forn} is considerably less than 2 mm. In some 116 Bulletin Wisconsin Natural History Society [Vol. 13, No. 2 specimens the wings measure only 1.35 mm., while some excep- tionally large individuals measure as much as 2.65 mm. The average, however, is somewhat below 2 mm. Adults have been bred as follows: Lot I, January 1 1th— 16th, 1915; February 18th-22d, 1915. Lot II, February 2d-7th, 1915. This form would therefore seem to have a life history extending over about five to six weeks. LITERATURE Haseman, Leonard. 1907 A Monograph of the North American Psy- chodidae, IncludingTenNew Species and an Aquatic Psychodid from Florida. Trans. Am. Ent. Soc., 33, pp. 299-333, pls.V-VIII. Literature till 1907. Banks, Nathan. 1907 Proc. Ent. Soc. Wash., 8, p. 148. 1914 Two New Species of Psychoda. Ent. News., 25, pp. 127-128. Fullaway, David T. 1907 Immature Stages of a Psychodid Fly. Ent. News., 18, pp. 386-389. Grunberg, K. 1910 Psychodidae, in Diptera: Heft 2A, of Brauer, Die Suesswasserfauna Deutschland, pp. 20-25 et al. Haseman, Leonard. 1908 Notes on the Psychodidae. Ent. News., 19, pp. 274-285. Jacobfeuerborn, H. 1914 Die Psychodiden und ihre Metamorphose. SB. Naturf. Ver. preuss. Rheinlande u. Westfalen 1913B, pp. 11-20. Welch, Paul S. 1912 Observations on the Life History of a New Spe- cies of Psychoda. An. Ent. Soc. Am., 5, pp. 411-418, pis. 31-32. Williston, Samuel W. 1908 Manual of North American Diptera. Psychodidae, pp. 92-93, et al. DIAMESA MENDOTAE sp. nov. A large number of larva and pupae were taken from Merrill Springs and Merrill Creek, both of which feed Lake Mendota. These specimens were obtained at various times during summer and fall and although a number of attempts were made to breed them only one was successful owing to difficulties of approx- imating life conditions. In attempting to determine the larvae and pupae without having bred adults (at the time) the larva seemed to belong to Thalassomyia, while the pupa belonged to Diamesa. The bred adults proved to be an undescribed species of Diamesa. 1915] Muttkowski: New Insect Life Histories 117 THE LARVA Length of full grown larva, 10-llmm.; width 1.3- 1.8 in widest portions. Color cream-yellow, the segments each centrally and indefinitely with a touch of ochre yellow. Head a deep golden brown, posteriorly narrowly rimmed with black; the posterior claws black. General form sub-cylindrical in the first half, tapering posteriorly to the tip of the abdominal feet, the two apical segments barely one-half as Fig. 2 Diamesa mendotae n. sp. Larva. wide as the thoracic and first abdominal segments. There are sharp constrictions at the joints and since each segment is plump and therefore presents a convex outline, the comparison of the larva to a string of beads constantly decreasing in size is not at all out of place. In general, there- fore, the larva may be said not to have the evenly cylindrical outline of the typical Tendiped (Chironomid) larvae. The head is placed slightly oblique, very small, more so than in typical Tendipeds. Eyes single (i. e., only one group present each side), axially elongate. Mandibles, palpi and other mo.tfth-parts tipped with black. Antennae four-jointed, the basal joint longer than all others together, cylindrical; from the tip of the first joint arise a three-jointed process and a spine which is as long as the first two joints of the process. Mandibles 118 Bulletin Wisconsin Natural History Society [Vol. 13, No. 2 brown, tipped with black, with five teeth. Labium with six well-marked teeth each side, a central irregular, obscurely emarginate lobe, with two introduced teeth (see figure). Posterior margin of the head marked with black. Abdomen with each segment slightly smaller than the previous one, plump. Anal segment with four small blood-gills, two slightly dorsal to, the other two between the legs, all projecting caudad. Dorsal tufts of anal segment each with not more than four setae, usually only three. A large number of specimens were obtained from Merrill Springs and Merrill Creek (which is fed by springs) from the surfaces of rocks, from sand and gravel, wherever the current flows swiftest. I have not found the larvae anywhere else on the lake. The presence of gills on the anal segment and the color of the body is sufficient to distinguish the larva of D. mendotae from D. waltlii (3), the larva of which was described by Johann- sen (1903). There are additional very marked differences in the form of the labium, mandibles, antennae, etc.; but those of the mouthparts especially are difficult to examine because of the unusual opacity of the larva, which makes the use of clearing solutions necessary in the study of this larva. Since the laryae of Thalassomyia are said to resemble those of D. waltlii so closely as to be indistinguishable on superficial examination it is well to call attention to the differences shown in the form of the labium. In all other respects, such as the presence of gills, the type of antennae, mandibles, and also in- cluding the form of the labium, the larva of D. mendotae is much more closely related to Thalassomyia ohscura Johannsen than to Diamesa. So marked is this relation that on first examination the writer determined the larvae positively as those of a Thalas- somyia. It was only when pupal and adult characters were exam- ined that this identification was reconsidered. The question naturally arises: Did Professor Johannsen in studying his material perhaps make an inadvertent interchange of the larvae of Diamesa waltlii and Thalassomyia ohscura t It is only by assuming such an interchange that I can find any solu- tion to this taxonomic perplexity. Among the hundreds of larvae and pupae and pupal skins collected from Merrill Creek and Merrill Springs I cannot find a single one which would indi- cate the presence of any other genus but Diamesa. I have 1915] Muttkowski: New Insect Life Histories 19 pointed out that in the first determinations made according to Johannsen’s tables the larvae appeared to be those of Thalassomyia while all the pupae belonged to Diamesa. If Professor Johann- sen’s assignment of his larvae to Diamesa waltlii and Thalassomyia ohscura were in accordance with true conditions then the discovery of Diamesa mendotae would be of considerable phylogenetical significance because of the disparity of proper larval and pupal characters. It seems, however, much safer and much more simple to assume an inadvertent interchange of larval specimens on the part of Dr. Johannsen. Fig. 4 Diamesa mendotae n. sp. Pupa. Dorsal and ventral view. THE PUPA Length, 6-8.2 mm. Color, fuscous or brown, although yellowish green when fresh. Nearly mature pupae show the thoracic region and wing sheaths nearly black. Wing sheaths attaining the base of the third segments ventrally. Ap- parently no respiratory filaments present in the thorax; yet exuviae show a hollow filament each side of the dorsum a little distance behind the head. Abdominal segments gradually tapering. Dorsally the posterior mar- gin of each segment except the first and last with a varying number of black teeth, twelve to fifteen on the second segment, gradually decreasing to about eight on the penultimate segment; middle spine shorter, usually each alternate spine larger. Ventrally segments three to seven of the abdomen with about eight teeth on the posterior margin, these teeth very small on three, prominent and black on four to seven. Segment eight ventrally with two pyramidal prominences, each with an angular tip, although not black. 120 Bulletin Wisconsin Natural History Society [Vol. 13, No. 2 The lateral carina is very distinct in the pupae, nearly straight in each segment and ends posteriorly with a thick black tooth. Each segment except the first with a pair of marginal setae on the carina slightly before the middle of the segment, another seta terminally above the tooth; in the last segment all three setae are subterminal. Last segment ventrally and laterally much wrinkled, dorsally with appendages, apically each side three filaments shorter than the last segment. Professor JohannseiTs description of the pupa is not sufficiently detailed to permit a comparison with D. waltlii. As far as the description goes the present species is practically identical in the pupal stage. Thalassomyia obscura is stated by Johannsen to have “a transverse band of stout black bristles. Each band is composed of five or six rows. . . . The anal segment is composed of two small lobes, each with a single apical bristle.” This combination of larval characters of Thalassomyia and of pupal characters of Diamesa is of interest in the present species. The pupal stages of Thalassomyia and Diamesa mendotae have little in common, notwithstanding the remarkable affinities of the larvae (assuming, of course that the larvae are properly assigned. See remarks under “larva”). Diamesa mendotae (and also D. waltlii Meigen and D. insignipes Kieffer) has only a single caudal row of spines on each abdominal segment of the pupa, while T. obscura has several rows. The number of anal filaments is reduced to one in Thalassomyia , while three or more are present in all known pupae of Diamesa. THE IMAGO d”. — Color black. Head and eyes black, antennae and antennal hairs brown. Antennae with fourteen joints, the first joint large, the second as broad as long, the following nine shorter than their width, the next two as long as wide, the last twice the length of the others combined, ciliated with shortening cilia till near the tip, which has only a very few cilia dis- tributed between the sense pits. Palpi four-jointed, the basal joint small and not well marked off from the following joint, about as long as broad; second joint three times the length of the first, swollen; third joint cylin- drical, as long or very little longer than the second; the fourth joint cylin- drical, thinner than the third, and about one-fifth or one-fourth longer. Thorax black, faintly glossy, with a faint and very narrow light line on the metanotum; pleura and scutellum black. Legs pale fuscous or light brown, all the joints annulate with black distally. Wings broad, reach- ing to the tip of the seventh segment, anterior venation brown to black. 1915] Muttkowski: New Insect Life Histories 121 Halteres cream-color, triangular in form, the outer margin of the triangle round. Abdomen brown, covered with fine hair, each segment finely annulate with black apically. Genitalia as long as segment eight, brown in color, slightly marked with black, the basal joint broad, the outer joint at right angles to it, irregularly hastate in form. Inner process of basal joint de- scribing an arc, and folding into base of the segment. Dorsal keel straight, tapering to a point. $ . — Color brown and black. Head and eyes black. Palpi and antennae pale brown; the palpi with four joints, the antennae eight-jointed (in- cluding the large basal joint). Thorax black; scutellum prominent, hemispherical, deep-brown, with long setae. Legs brown, touched with black at the joint. Wings broader Fig. 5 Diamesa mendotae n. sp. Wing of female. Dorsal and ven- tral view of left male appendage. than in the male, longer than the abdomen, all venation brown, all mar- gins ciliate. Abdomen brown, darker on the dorsum, ciliate. Genital plates tri- angulate, that is, with the three corners broadly rounded. Length, d' 4.5 mm., $ 5 mm. 4 Described from male and female bred October *16, 1914. These formed part of several dozen larvae and pupae taken at Merrrill Springs (Minniwakan Springs) and Merrill Creek, at the western end of Lake Mendota, Madison, Wis. Holotype male and allo- type female, and larvae, pupae, exuviae, etc., in Milwaukee Pub- lic Museum. This species is of interest in more than one respect. Ecologi- cally, the habitat is of interest, since the species may be ob- 122 Bulletin Wisconsin Natural History Society [Vol. 13, No. 2 tained at all times of the year. Merrill Springs (also called Minni- wakan Springs) and Merrill Creek — the latter a separate body of water, but fed by springs — have a constant temperature of about 10.0° to 11.5° centigrade ( = 50 — 53° Fahrenheit) throughout the year. The larvae of Diamesa mendota are found between the stones in the rapids of Merrill -Creek and the outlet* of Merrill Springs where the water flows fastest. For some reason they are much less numerous in the springs outlet than in the creek. It ap- pears that the optimum conditions are reached in the rapids of the creek. Since the temperature of the two bodies of water is practically alike, and alike throughout the year, temperature can hardly be said to be the decisive factor. The difference may be due to some chemical agent, as yet unknown to the writer. That there is some difference is indicated by the total absence of May-fly nymphs from the one, certain planarians and Trichop- tera from the other of the two bodies. A more detailed dis- cussion of the habitats is reserved for some other occasion. In the nymph the presence of gills and the form of the labium, in the pupa the number of anal filaments and type of armature, and in the adult the genitals of the male will serve to distinguish D. mendotae from its relatives. LITERATURE Johannsen, O. A. 1903 Aquatic Nematocerous Diptera. Bull. 68, N. Y. State Mus., pp. 288-327. 1905 Aquatic Nematocerous Diptera II. Bull. 86, N*. Y. State Mus., pp. 76-315. Thienemann, A. 1908 Chironomidenmetamorphosen. Zeitschr. f. Wiss. Insektenbiol., 4, pp. 124-128, et al.,(p.l26, Diamesa insignipes). Zoological Laboratory University of Wisconsin. • January 31, 1915. PRICE LIST OF PUBLICATIONS Orders and remittances should be addressed to the General Secretary, Public Museum, Milwaukee, Wis. Numbers not included in the following list are out of print and can no longer be obtained. Bericht des Naturhistorischen Vereins von Wisconsin, 1871, 1873, 1874, each $0.10 Jahresbericht des Naturhistorischen Vereins von Wisconsin 1876, 1876-77, 1877-78, 1879-80, 1880-81, each 10 Proceedings of the Natural History Society of Wisconsin, April 6, 1885, to December 7, 1885; January 11, 1886, to December 13, 1886; March 14, 1887, to December 19, 1887 ; January 23, 1888, to Decem- ber 17, 1888 each 16 Bulletin of the Wisconsin Natural History Society (New Series): Vol. Ill, Triple Number, January, April and July, 1903 $1.00 Vol. Ill, No. 4, November, 1905 50 Vol. IV, Nos. 1-2, April, 1906; No. 3, July, 1906; No. 4, October, 1906; Vol. V, No. 1, January, 1907; No. 2, April, 1907; No. 3, July, 1907; No. 4, December, 1907; each 50 Vol. VI, Nos. 1-2, April, 1908; Nos. 3-4, October, 1908; each.. . . 1 .00 Vol. VII, Nos. 1-2, April, 1909; Nos. 3-4, October, 1909; each... 1.00 Vol. VIII, No. 1, January, 1910; No. 2, April, 1910; No. 3, July, 1910; No. 4, October, 1910; each 50 Vol. IX, Nos. 1-2, Nos. 3-4; each 1 .00 Vol. X, Nos. 1-2, Nos. 3-4; each 1.00 The following Occasional Papers published by the Society may be had for seventy-five cents apiece: Vol. 1, No. 3, “Sexual Selection in Spiders of the Family Attidae,” G. W. and E. G. Peckham, 1890. Vol. 2, No. 1, “Ant-like Spiders of the Family Attidae,” G. W. and E. G. Peckham, 1892. Vol. 2, No. 2, “Spiders of the Marptusa Group of the Family Attidae, ” G. W. and E. G. Peckham, November, 1894. Vol. 2, No. 3, “Spiders of the Homalattus Group of the Family Attidae,” G. W. and E. G. Peckham, December, 1895. Vol. 3, “Spiders of the Family Attidae from Central America and Mexi- co.” G. W. and E. G. Peckham, April, 1896. The Wisconsin Archeologist, Vol. I, No. 1, October, 1901 ; Vol. I, No. 2, January, 1902; Vol. I, No. 3, April, 1902; Vol. I, No. 4, July, 1902; Vol. II, No. 1, October, 1902, each $0.25 This publication is now issued by the Wisconsin Archeological Society of Milwaukee, from whom the later volumes may be obtained. CONTENTS Proceedings Studies in Tetragoneuria ( Odonata ). II Richard A. Muttkowski The Birds of Green Lake County, Wisconsin John N. Lowe On Gomphus Cornutus Tough ( Odonata ) R. A. Muttkowski and A. D. Whedon The Status of Harris’s Sparrow in Wisconsin and Neighboring States .... Alvin R. Cahn New Insect Life Histories. I Richard A. Muttkowski Actual date of issue June 1, 1915. No. 1, Vol. XIII, was issued March 20, 1915. Series) NUMBER 3 SEPTEMBER 1915 PUBLISHED WITH THE COOPERATION OF THE _ ruDiic Museum of the City of Milwaukee EDITOR: RICHARD A. MUTTKOWSKI Wisconsin Natural History P. H. DERNEHL ASSOCIATE EDITORS: HOWLAND RUSSEL EDGAR E. TELLER The Wisconsin Natural History Society MILWAUKEE, WISCONSIN ORGANIZED MAY fl, 1857 OFFICERS AND DIRECTORS 1914-15 George P. Bartu, President 302 Twenty-first Street, Milwaukee Henry L. Ward, Vice-President Public Museum, Milwaukee Edgar E. Teller, Director 3321 Sycamore Street, Milwaukee J. R. Heddle, Treasurer Public Museum, Milwaukee Wm. J. Brinckley, General Secretary Public Museum, Milwaukee PUBLICATION The “Bulletin of the Wisconsin Natural History Society.” Matter intended for publication should be sent to the editor of the Bulle- tin, who will transmit it to the associate editor of the proper department for consideration. EDITORS Editor: Richard A. Muttkowski, Biology Building, University of Wis consin, Madison, Wis. ASSOCIATE EDITORS Dr. P. H. Dernehl Department of Zoology Howland Russel Department of Botany Edgar E. Teller Department of Geology MEETINGS Regular meetings are held on the last Thursday of each month, except July and August, in the trustees’ room at the Public Museum Building, Milwaukee, and meetings of the combined sections on the second Thursday of each month, at the same place. MEMBERSHIP DUES Active Members, $3.00 per annum; Junior Members, $1.00 per annum; Corresponding Members, $2.00 per annum; Life Members, one payment of $50.00. BULLETIN OF THE WISCONSIN NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY Vol. 13 SEPTEMBER, 1915 No. 3 AN ECOLOGICAL SURVEY OF THE WINGRA SPRINGS REGION, NEAR MADISON, WISCONSIN, WITH SPECIAL REFERENCE TO ITS ORNITHOLOGY* By Alvin Robert Cahn I. Introduction 124 The problem 124 Methods and Equipment 125 Acknowledgements 126 II. Physical Features of the Investigated Area The Lake 126 The Swamp 128 The Springs 129 The Woods 130 The Fields 131 The Pools 131 III. Climatic Features 133 IV. Life Zones 134 V. Influence of Topographic Features on Bird Life The Limnetic Association 135 The Limniotic Association 135 Mammalian Succession 135 The Spartina Society 136 The Cornus Society 137 The Fonticular Association . . 138 The Argian Association 138 The Sylvan Association 141 VI. The Birds of the Area 141 Abundance and Distribution 142 VII. Avian Migration 146 VIII. Avian Zonation Horizontal Zonation 149 Vertical Zonation 151 * A thesis offered to the University of Wisconsin for the degree of Master of Science, June, IS 15. 123 124 Bulletin Wisconsin Natural History Society [Vol. 13, No. 3 IX. Ecological Discussion of the Bird by Species 151 X. Summary and Conclusions 172 XI. Bibliography 173 XII. List of the Species of Animals Identified 174 I. INTRODUCTION Relatively little work has been done thus far on the ecology of vertebrates, abundant as they are in practically every un- disturbed locality. The abundance of such animals in the vicinity of Madison, Wisconsin, was the incentive which lead to the ecological investigation the results of which are to be set forth in the following pages. The problem was undertaken with especial reference to birds, but as no ecological problem can well be confined to a single animal or even to one group of animals, the writer very quickly found himself dealing not only with birds, but with vertebrates in general, a large number of invertebrate species, as well as with the botany of the region selected. All of these must be considered in some detail if one would come to any conclusions as to the relation of birds to their environment; one factor de- pends on another as does one species upon another, thus making a sort of endless chain. The bird life of any region — the exist- ing life of whatever form for that matter — is closely linked with, though perhaps not dependent upon such great general factors as the climatic, physiographic, and soil conditions found in the region under consideration. A moment’s reflection will show, no doubt, the very great influence these factors must have on the avifauna, for it is such influences as temperature, humidity and light (the chief climatic factors) that function in a large manner as the determiners of species that may exist and thrive in any particular locality. The physiographic features of the country are perhaps of the most importance in determining the species in a given formation, as the presence or absence of hills, valleys, rivers, lakes, woods, or open fields will limit and, define the forms of life that may thrive therein. Every species of animal and plant life is adapted to some particular mode of life, to some one habitat above all others, and it is there that this species is found at its optimum. The fact that species persist and thrive in some one habitat better than in another is proof of this, as is also the disappearance of species as the 1915] Cahn: Ecology of Wingra Springs Region 125 physiographic features of the landscape are altered — the retreat of the pileated and ivory-billed woodpeckers with the destruc- tion of the forests, the vanishing of the shore birds with the draining of the swamp-lands, and the incoming of the birds of the open with the clearing of the land. Finally, it is the soil, acting with the preceding influences, though secondary and subordinate to them, which adds the next important factors to the list of species determinants. It is largely upon the nature of the soil (together*with the climatic conditions with which the soil is most closely associated) that the flora of a region is dependent, and the flora again exerts its influence over the fauna. Upon the plants, too, the birds are dependent for shelter, protection, and for nesting sites. In working out a problem in bird ecology, the investigator is carried into fields other than ornithological in the manner shown above, yet geology, climatology, geography, and botany are not the only foreign fields he must enter. When he under- takes a determination of the food of his subjects, the whole realm of invertebrate zoology must be faced, and as the food habits of a form are important, the subject is a whole may not be overlooked. And lastly mammalogy is encountered in con- nection with the enemies which the species must escape in order to maintain itself successfully. Thus it may be readily seen that the entire biota of a region must be surveyed in order to ascertain the position occupied by any form of animal life — the animal in its environment — and it is this environment that goes to form the almost endless chain which the animal ecologist must attempt to follow. Methods and Equipment In the present problem the methods of procedure and the equipment were as simple as possible. Field work was carried on regularly from October 5, 1913, to June 1, 1914, with the exception of the period from November 20 to February 1, when owing to illness, the investigation had to be given over. Data, however, covering this period were gathered the following winter (1914-1915), with approximately the same regularity observed during the first year, namely: four to six trips through the area a week, each trip occupying from four hours to the bet- 12G Bulletin Wisconsin Natural History Society [Vol. 13, No. 3 ter part of the day in the country under investigation. These trips were not confined to any one time of the day or night, though a majority of them were made during the forenoon, from 8 to 12 o’clock, and a considerable number of them in the early morning, from 5 to 9 o’clock. On these trips, field glasses were always carried, and notes of the species of birds and ani- mals seen, together with the other necessary data, were made on the spot. Wide-necked bottles of alcohol and mason jars were found indispensible for collecting small animals. A 44-guage double-barreled shot-gun and a camera, together with a long- handled water net completed the field equipment. In the labora- tory the material collected was assorted and put into vials, labeled, and card-indexed for future reference. A cknowledgements The indoor work was done in the laboratories of the Depart- ment of Zoology, University of Wisconsin, under the guidance and encouragement of Dr. A. S. Pearse, to whom the writer wishes to express his appreciation of the advice and suggestions always sq kindly given. To Prof. W. S. Marshall and Mr. R. A. Muttkowski the writer is indebted for the determination of various species of insects, and to Prof. George Wagner for reading the manuscript and offering helpful suggestions. II. PHYSICAL FEATURES OF THE INVESTIGATED AREA The Lake The region selected for investigation lies at the southwest corner of Lake Wingra, and about three miles from Madison. The lake extends nearly due east and west, and the formation where the work was done fronts the lake for a distance of approxi- mately one half mile, and extends from the lake in a southerly direction for nearly three-quarters of a mile. Within this area are found six distinct habitats, or association, namely: the lake, marsh, springs, wood, fields, and inland ponds or pools, each with its own characteristic biota. It will therefore be advis- able to discuss briefly each of these habitats. It should be stated that, owing to dredging operations which are at the pres- ent time being carried on in various parts of the lake, the forma- 127 Fig. 1. Map of Wingra Springs Region. 12$ Bulletin Wisconsin Natural History Society [Vol. 13, No. 3 tion can not again be studied under the nearly undisturbed conditions in which the writer found it. Wingra is the smallest of the lakes in the Madison district, being about one and one-half miles long, and three quarters of a mile wide. It is very shallow, the maximum depth being 14 feet, while the greatest portion does not exceed 9 feet. The chief source of water is from springs which are found along the shores of the lake, but especially from the three large ones at the south- east corner, in the region under discussion. Besides these springs two small streams enter the lake, both being derived from the spring-fed swamps beyond the lake. The larger of these streams is in the center of the formation, a little less than half a mile from the west end of the lake. The shores of the lake are swampy around the entire circum- ference, the amount of this swampy border varying from a few feet in some places to approximately three score acres at each end of the lake, over which the lake formerly extended. Though fed by springs of crystal-clear water, the lake-water is never clear, being of a dull ochre tint. This may be accounted for by the fact that the lake is shallow, together with its open and unpro- tected exposure, and perhaps, to a less extent, by the marl bottom, and the activity of the carp which abound therein. Fish life is rather limited, the most common species being the bluegill, the sun-fish, the silver-bass, the bull-head, and close to the shores, more especially at the mouths of the springs, the common minnow Notropis heterodon. The Swamp The swamp itself is of especial interest to the zoologist be- cause of the abundant life which thrives therein. In the early spring, with the breaking up of the lake ice, and the gradual thawing of the frozen ground, the swamp becomes nearly im- passible. Innumerable little streams form to carry the accumu- lating water to the lake, though the entire swamp may be covered by from six inches to a foot of water. This saturated condi- tion persists until well into May, the land gradually drying off until the area is merely very muddy. Walking is always hard and uncertain, and what appears to be relatively solid ground often proves to be a cleverly hidden mud-hole, into which one may flounder to the waist. 1915] Cahn: Ecology of Wingra Springs Region 129 The Springs The springs fall into two groups, the three at the shore of the lake, and the one spring rising about half a mile south of the lake, and flowing to it through the center of the formation in the shape of a small, slow-moving stream. Of the three springs, the third, or westerly one, is the largest during the greater part of the year; and others, though they are an attrac- tion to birds, are always subordinate in importance to the larger one. These springs rise at the very edge of the woods, where they bubble forth from among small stones. All three are for the most part shallow, though the bottom is soft in the extreme, and offers very unstable footing. The basins in which these springs first appear are in every case free from vegetation, as is the channel for some yards from the rise. The dominant plant in all three is water-cress ( Radicula nasturtium-aquaticum) , and this grows luxuriantly in large beds at intervals in the course. These beds are of great importance to many species of birds (rails and various sandpipers in particular) . Among the roots swarm innumerable amphipods, mostly Dikerogammarus fasciatus and the smaller Hyalella azteca upon which these long-legged birds feed, their spread of the toes allowing them to stand or run upon the surface without going through. The larva of the caddice-fly Limnephilus rhornbi- cus is found here in abundance; and when found without their cases the larvae frequently serve as food to any birds frequenting the cress beds (6). Many small fish ( Notropis heterodon, Umbra limi, and, nearer the lake, Eupomotis gibbosus) follow very closely the general distribution of fish in a small stream as outlined by Shelford (19). In the basin where the springs take their rise the dominant forms are Dikerogammarus faciatus , the isopod Asellus communis , and the caddice-fly larva Platy - phylax designatus. Physa gyrina abound on the rocks and stones. The stream which flows through the formation, though it drains quite a definite area, has no definite source; it takes its origin somewhere in a small swamp of about three acres in extent, and is not well defined until it begins its flow in a worn channel at the edge of the woods, flowing in a north-easterly 130 Bulletin Wisconsin Natural History Society [Vol. 13, No. 3 direction. Here its course is choked with large beds of water- cress, which greatly retard the flow of water. Among this cress aquatic life of direct bearing upon the avifauna of the region abounds. Here again we have the min- now Notwpis heterodon , together with the stickle-back Eucalia inconstans and the mud minnow Umbra limi, the only fish found in the stream until it approaches the lake closely. Here also we have a third species of caddice-fly larva, Neuronia postica , not found in the three smaller streams. Insect life abounds here in the shape of the water scorpion Ranatra fusca, the com- mon water-bug Zaitha fluminea, the whirligig beetles Gyrinus a?ialis, various species of water beetles of the genus Dytiscus, as well as nymphs of may-flies, damsel-flies, and dragon-flies. Tadpoles are found among the cress, which is another respect in which the stream differs from the preceeding springs. Two species are represented both in tadpole stage and in the adult: the leopard frog Rana pipiens, and the green frog Rana clamitans, while the cricket frog Acris gryllus is found in the adult form only. These frogs attract the bitterns and herons found along the banks. The reptiles are represented in the water-cress region only by the painted turtle Chrysemys cinerea, while near the water an occasional water-snake Natrix sipedon is found. The Woods The woods may be divided in a general way into two zones : the oak zone, and the poplar thicket zone, each with its more or less typical biota. The oak zone is dominated by the red oak Quercus rubra with a goodly representation of the white species, Quercus alba. The elm Ulmus americana is represented less abundantly. The white oak is found most commonly along the edge of the woods, and a great number are infected with the oak gall Holcaspis inanis, while upon the red species is found the smaller gall Holcaspis globulus. The poplar thicket is dom- inated by the aspen Populus tremuloides and an occasional white poplar Populus alba. Each of these zones has its characteristic avifauna; this subject will be taken up under the heading of Zonation. 1915] Cahn: Ecology of Wingra Springs Region 131 The Fields As for the open fields, except for the nearly flat stretches, on either side of the stream, they are gently rolling, grass-covered slopes, with an occasional oak or elm or patch of hazel. On these slopes may be found the dens of several pair of wood- chucks, and there is at least one den located at the edge of' the woods wherein a pair of skunks hibernated during the winter of 1914-15, though there is no evidence that a family was reared. The common garter snake Thamnophis radix is the dominant reptile of the fields, as contrasted with the little DeKay snake ( Storeria dekayi) of the woods, and is undoubtedly respon- sible for the presence of some, if not a good many of the larger raptores, as the red-shouldered and marsh-hawks, both of which were seen on several occasions to capture snakes of un- determined species, though probably the garter variety. The Pools The two pools, situated in the open fields, are of interest because of their influence on bird life, and are responsible for the presence within the limit of the formation of several species of birds which would otherwise be lacking. They are very nearly the same size, and both are temporary bodies of water, going entirely dry during the early part of September, though the time varies somewhat with the weather. In the early spring, however, these pools are as much as twenty inches deep, an ample amount of water to furnish breeding places for many insects and frogs. One point in this connection is of especial interest: similar though the pools are in every way, and despite the fact that they are less than one hundred feet apart, not a single frog egg was laid by Rana pipiens in the second pool, while something over two hundred masses laid by his species was taken from the first pool, as well as many egg complements of Acris gryllus. Eggs taken from the first and put into the second pond hatched in good shape and at the same time as the eggs in the first. Life as a whole was more abundant in the first pool, and for this reason bird life was more abundant here also, It was at this pool 132 Bulletin Wisconsin Natural History Society [Vol. 13, No. 3 that the only king rail found in the formation was located, and here also many sandpipers were seen. A pair of baldpates visited the pool regularly, and, when they were collected it was found that their stomachs contained great numbers of Diaptomus, which were most abundant in the pond. Few birds visited the apparently equally good pond but a few feet away, though they must certainly have known of its existence. The small clam Sphaerium ocddentale was the only form found in the first pond Fig. 2. The First Pond. and not in the second, and this like-wise occurred in some numbers in the stomachs of practically all the birds collected while feeding about the ponds. On October 5, when this pool was entirely dry, a hibernating Gordius was found five inches below the surface, in the clay bed. The significance of this becomes more marked when it is noted that out of one hundred grasshoppers ( Melanoplus femur-rubrum ) caught in the sur- rounding fields on September 30, 1913, forty-two were found 1915] Cahn: Ecology of Wingra Springs Region 133 to be infected with the parasite. In this pond then, hibernate some of the parasites that infest, if not kill eventually, 42 per cent, of the grasshoppers upon which many of our birds feed. III. CLIMATIC FEATURES As is the case in the greater portion of the state of Wisconsin, the climate in the region under consideration is severe, and is characterized by great variations in temperature, both daily Fig. 3. The Second Pond. and seasonal. The winters are usually long, and are marked by fluctuations of temperature resulting in a succession of more or less severe thaws and freezes. Few data are available as to the date of the freezing over of Lake Wingra; in 1913 it closed on November 2, and in 1914 on November 29. The inevitable result of the closing is the departure of the water birds, and as a result, the region is “dead” during the winter so far as they are concerned. The springs keep a small space of open water 134 Bulletin Wisconsin Natural History Society [Yol. 13, No. 3 where they enter the lake, and in the spring the ice breaks up from this point. The opening of the lake is closely followed by the arrival of the early ducks, such as mallards, blue-bills, canvas-backs, and pintails. The rainfall is abundant, though not at all excessive, the total fall during 1913 being 36.04 inches, as compared with 28.17 inches in 1914. Table I presents a summary of the tem- perature and precipitation for Madison during 1913 as compared with the average of the last fifty-six years. TABLE I Temperature and precipitation table for Madison for year of 1913 1913 TEMPERATURE PRECIPITATION Month Maximum ' Minimum Average Average 56 years 1 1913 I Average 56 years January 49 - 9 19.4 16.5 1 1.64 1 .61 February 54 -i2 15.6 19.6 1.12 1.51 March 60 -13 29.6 30.1 2.41 2.01 April 79 28 ! 47.2 H 5 1 54 2.52 May 82 33 56.6 57.6 6.63 3.74 June 95 38 I 09.0 67.3 3.73 3. 89 July 94 50 71.4 i 72.4 8 .47 3.83 August 93 54 70.6 69.6 1.59 3.21 September 94 34 61.2 61.1 4.32 2.96 October 76 22 48.3 48.8 2.53 2.29 November 67 18 41.9 34 2 1.73 1.78 December 53 13 32.0 22.7 0.33 1.66 Year 95 -13 46.9 45.4 36.04 31.45 IV. LIFE ZONES The fauna is predominantly that of the Alleghanian area of the Transition Zone, though there are one or two rather marked exceptions to the general fauna accredited to that zone, and undoubtedly the area is not far removed from the northern limit of the Carolinian of the Upper Austral. The Carolinian affinities are the presence of the nesting gnat-catcher (18), though this bird is undoubtedly uncommon as a breeding species, and the fox squirrel, which is the only abundant squirrel in the formation or about Madison. 1915] Cahn: Ecology of Wingra Springs Region 135 V. INFLUENCE OF TOPOGRAPHIC FEATURES ON BIRD LIFE Before passing on, it may be well to point out more specifi- cally the influence of the topographic features on the bird life. These features lend themselves to a division into biotic associa- tions, which it will be well to outline at this point. The Limnetic , or Lake Association This association comprises only the lake to the shore line, but does not include the latter. It is characterized by the various species of fish found throughout its extent, the most common of which are the bluegill, silver-bass, sun-fish, and carp. These at least are not to be found in the springs. The reptiles are represented by the painted turtle and the snapping turtle; the former is to be found quite often in the swamp, while the latter is more strictly limnetic, yet both may be said to be char- acteristically aquatic. There are no amphibians that can lay claim to being typical of this association: all of the amphibians of the region have been found along the lakeshore, but infre- quently when compared with their abundance in some other association. The birds of this association are, of course, aquatic, and are represented by such species as the grebes, coot, and many of the ducks, notably the bluebills, bufflehead, golden-eye, ruddy, canvas-back, and redhead, together with the loon and the cormorant, the latter being a rare visitor to the formation. The Limniotic, or Swamp Association This is the most important of the associations both in extent and in the number of species of animals represented. The mammalian life in the swamp shows a rather definite succession, depending upon the condition of the land at the different times of the year. During the cold, frozen winter the chief inhabi- tant is the weasel ( Mustela noveboracensis) and the meadow vole ( Microtus pennsylvanicus) , living among the dead rushes. The vole furnishes the chief food of the weasel, and the signs of many a bloody meal have been found on the snow. With the spring thaw and the inundation of the land, both of these species retreat to the dry edge of the woods, and there await the drying out of 13G Bulletin Wisconsin Natural History Society [Vol. 13, No. 3 the swamp, the weasel still preying upon the vole. In the meantime the now watery swamp has been possessed by the muskrat which has come out of hibernation, together with an occasional mink. As the swamp dries, the muskrats diminish in abundance, until their excursions are confined to the edge of the swamp nearest to the lake, where they remain all summer. With their retreat, the advance of the weasel and the vole begins, and in the fall or late summer they are once more in possession. Late in the summer another species may be found at the woody edge of the swamp when the white-footed deer mouse ( Pecomyscus leucopus) ventures forth from the wroods for a little distance. There is also a succession, possibly not so definite as this, of the swamp birds. So open and wind-swept is the swamp in winter that there is but little evidence of bird life, except for an Occasional song sparrow in some sheltered thicket, the call of a flock of chickadees, or the passing of a rough-legged hawk. With the early spring comes the marsh hawk feeding upon the voles, and this bird is closely followed by the short- eared owl. With warmer weather and the resulting thawr come the swarm of swamp-loving species, together with the retreat of the chickadees, who seek the quiet of the woods during the summer months and the nesting season. This question of avian succession will be discussed more fully in a later paragraph. Owing to the diversity of the swamp, it is necessary to divide the association into two perfectly natural societies, each of which has its own characteristic biota. 1. The Spartina, or Marsh-grass Society. This society is a very large one in every way, and far out-numbers the next society of the limniotic association in the number of species inhabiting it. The flora consists mainly of the swamp grass {Spartina sp.), together with occasional clumps and areas of the plume-grass Sorghastrum nutans. The ground is more or less under water in the early spring, and great numbers of Lim- naea stagnalis and Planorhis campanulatus are to be found after the water has retreated. The most abundant crustacean is Cambarus argillicola, though in the drier places of the society Camharus diogenes is to be found. Here we find also the musk- rat, weasel, mink, and meadow vole, their distribution varying 1915] Cahn: Ecology of Wingra Springs Region 137 as set forth in the preceding paragraph. Practically all of the frogs are found here, but the leopard frog is by far the most abundant at any and all times of the year. Save for an occa- sional painted turtle, reptiles are lacking. Among the most conspicuous of the great number of birds found in this society are the red-winged blackbird, long- and Fig. 4. The Stream Choked with Water-cress. short-billed marsh wrens, and the Virginia and sora rails, while characteristic also, though to a less extent, are the short-eared owl, the swamp sparrow, and the marsh hawk. 2. The Ccrnus, or Dogwood-Thicket Society. This society exists as islands in the sea formed by the Spartina society. The largest area of this society is that extending from the 13S Bulletin Wisconsin Natural History Society [Vol. 13, No. 3 woods very nearly to the lake at about the central portion of the formation. The most important and dominant plant is the dogwood Cornus stolonifera, together with occasional willows, Salix discoloi'. These willows are often infected with the gall of the common willow parasite Rhabdophaga strabiloides ; examination has shown that in the fall between 75% and 80% of these galls contain the eggs of the meadow grasshopper Xiphidium fasciatum in abundance. This society is very dense in so far as the flora is concerned, and it is a very difficult matter for a person to make his way through some of the tangles. Here, then, though primarily a swamp society, we find a biota radically different from that of the surrounding society. It is to be expected that the fauna of the surrounding society encroach at times upon this area, and such is found to be the case. Being encircled usually by the Spartina bird species, certain of the sparrows, the wrens, and the blackbirds are some- times here. In a like manner, due to the tangle and density of the vegetation, some of the wood-seeking species are found, as an occasional nuthatch, brown creeper, or downy 'wood- pecker; but this must be considered as outside of their ordinary zone. Characteristic, however, of this region at different times of the year are the woodcock, quail, partridge, and the shrike. 3. The Fonticular, or Springs Association. Here we have as the dominant plant the cress Radicula nasturtium-aquaticum, and the dominant invertebrates as recorded previously. Cer- tain fish are also found here, as the mud-minnow, top-minnow, and stickle-back, and these are responsible for the presence around the springs of some of the larger birds found there, though we can not say that the springs are responsible for the presence in the region of a single species of bird, nor is there a single species characteristic of them. The spring basins abound with amphi- pods, and as these are a favorite food of the rails, it is not sur- prising that they are occasionally to be found in the immediate vicinity (6). This is a very small association, of relatively little importance. 4. The Argian, or Field Association. In so far as the region under discussion is concerned, the fields there present may be considered as intermediate between the swamp and the woods 1915] Cahn: Ecology of Wingra Springs Region 139 associations, — an advanced step of the former, and a very early one of the latter. There are several reasons for believing this to be true: (1) The soil is essentially the same as that found in the swamp proper, with only such changes as would result from the fact that the land is now comparatively dry. (2) If earthworms may be used as an index of soil conditions, it be- comes evident from their absence that the soil is acid. (3) There Fig. 5. The Largest Spring. is an evident encroachment of the woods into this area, a very slow, though steady creeping in of the trees, as evidenced by the irregular character of the tree and shrub growths along the margin of the woods and fields. As typical animals we find in this association the garter snake, woodchuck, and meadow vole, the latter being charac- teristic of the areas a little removed from the woods, its place being taken in this area by the white-footed deer mouse. 140 Bulletin Wisconsin Natural History Society [Vol. 13, No. 3 Of the birds, such species as the prairie chicken, the prairie horned-lark, bobolink, meadowlark, vesper and grasshopper sparrows may be said to be representative. Between the woods and the open fields, we find again a well defined seasonal succession, and the meadow vole and the deer mouse are the migrants. Winter finds these species both in the shelter of the woods, though there is a considerable amount of shelter to be had even in the tall grass and in the Fig. 6. The Edge of the Woods. island-like clumps of hazel brush ( Corylus americana). The deer mouse is relatively inactive during the winter, while the vole is to be found running about among the fallen leaves in the shelter of the branches of a fallen tree or clump of bushes, and sometimes traveling out into the open fields in its tunnels through the snow. The entrances to these tunnels are often the most striking feature of open places in the woods, while the tracks of the animal at times are very numerous. With the 1915] Cahn: Ecology of Wingra Springs Region 141 advent of the warmer weather, a majority of the voles leave the woods, and seek the more abundant food which the open fields have to offer. 5. The Sylvan , or Woods Association. This association in- cludes all of the woods proper, which lie in two large areas separated by the small clearing through which flows the stream. The trees are of fair size, being eight to twelve inches in diameter, in the case of the older trees, and of the following species; red oak, white oak, aspen, hard maple, and elm. This association is exemplified by the presence of the DeKay snake, found hiding under semi-decayed logs; the skunk, of which animals there is but a single pair at present; the fox squirrel, arid the common chipmunk. On the tree-trunks, particularly on the white oak the tree toad is sometimes found, and this is the only sylvan amphibian in the formation. In as much as Hyla versi- color has also been taken in the swamp, it can hardly be called characteristically sylvan, though it undoubtedly is more com- mon in the woods than in the swamp. Sylvan birds there are in numbers. The two woodpeckers, downy and hairy, together with such species as the barred owl and the great horned owl, the partridge (during the spring and summer), the vireos, and flycatchers are perhaps the most characteristic. VI. THE BIRDS OF THE AREA In a region as diversified as the area under discussion it is not surprising that bird life is abundant. Wild, largely undis- turbed as yet by man’s handiwork, with an abundant food sup- ply and plenty of natural protection, the region is almost ideal from the point of view of the ornithologist. To the above let be added the relative inaccessibility of the place, and it will be understood that the conditions of life here are still about as primitive as can be found in a region as well peopled as southern Wisconsin. There is, of course, a great difference in the species as well as in the abundance of these species found in the different associations. Each association has its own typical avifauna, and, though these overlap, a fairly definite list of species may be compiled for each association. Such a list is given in Table II. 42 Bulletin Wisconsin Natural History Society [Vol. 13, No. 3 TABLE II Showing the occurrence and relative abundance of birds in the various associations v I n this table the following abbreviations are used : a = abundant ; c = com- mon; f = few ; r = rare; * = breeders.) SPECIES LAKE SPRINGS SWAMP WOODS FIELDS Raldpat.fi f Rhifihill, Greater a Bluebill, Lesser a Ruddy duck f Pintail f Ganvasback a Redhead c Merganser, Red-breasted a Merganser, American c Merganser, Hooded f Shoveller f Golden-eve c Bufflehead f Coot a* Loon c Cormorant, Double-cr r Grebe, Horned f Grebe, Pied-billed c* Goose, Canada c Gull, Herring c Gull, Ring-billed f Gull, Bonaparte f Tern, Common c f Tern, Black f f Mallard a c Black duck c c Teal, Blue-winged c c Teal, Green-winged c c Kingfisher c c Wilson snipe f c* Sandpiper, Semipalmated f f Sandpiper, Spotted c c* Killdeer c c f Sparrow, Song c a c* Sparrow, Fox f c f W ater-thrush f f Virginia rail f c* Yellow-legs, Greater c 1 1915] Cahn: Ecology of Wingra Springs Region 143 TABLE II — Continued SPECIES LAKE SPRINGS SWAMP WOODS FIELDS Yellow-legs, Lesser C Sandpiper, Bartramian f Hawk, Marsh c* Hawk, Sharp-shinned f Hawk, Rough-legged r Short-eared owl c* Red-winged blackbird a* Sparrow, Harris’s r Sparrow, Tree a Sparrow, Swamp a* Swallow, Tree a Warbler, Tennessee f Warbler, Parula f Warbler, Cape May f Bittern c* Bittern, Least c* Heron, Great blue f Heron, Little green c* Rail, Sora c* Rail, King r Warbler, Black-th. blue c Warbler, Black-th. green f Warbler, Magnolia a Warbler, Chestnut-sided c Warbler, Bay-breasted f Warbler, Blackburnian f Warbler, Wilson c Maryland yellow-throat c* Warbler, Connecticut f Purple martin c Wren, Long-billed marsh c* Wren, Short-billed marsh c* Wren, Winter f f Wren, House f c* Cedar waxwing f f * Myrtle warbler f f Ovenbird f f Catbird c c* Kinglet. Golden-crowned f f Kinglet, Ruby-crowned f f Cuckoo, Yellow-billed f f* Cuckoo, Black-billed f f* 144 Bulletin Wisconsin Natural History Society [Vol. 13, No. 3 TABLE II — Continued SPECIES LAKE SPRINGS SWAMP WOODS FIELDS Phoebe f f* Towhee c* f Grosbeak, Rose-breasted f c* Indigo bunting r r Canada warbler f f Brown thrasher c* c* Blue jay ! . *f* c* Henslow sparrow r r Woodcock f* f* Ruffed grouse f c* Chickadee c c* Redstart f* f Hermit thrush f f Junco a r f Robin c c* f Kingbird c* f f* Crow c a* c Chipping sparrow f f* f* Hawk, Red-shouldered f r f Hawk, Red-tailed r r r Hawk, Broad-winged f f Hawk, Sparrow f f* Bob white f f* Chimney swift c c Nighthawk c c Hummingbird, Ruby-throated f f Cowbird c* f* Goldfinch c* f* Rusty blackbird c f Bronzed grackle a c* Swallow, Rough-winged c f Swallow, Bank c f Swallow, Barn c f Bluebird f* c* White-throated sparrow c Shrike, Migrant r Mourning dove c* Screech owl c* Barred owl f* Great horned owl r Woodpecker, Hairy f* Woodpecker, Downy c* Woodpecker, Red-headed c* 1915] Cahn: Ecology of Wingra Springs Region 145 TABLE II — Concluded SPECIES LAI^E SPRINGS SWAMP WOODS FIELDS Yellow-bellied sapsucker f Flycatcher, Crested f* Flycatcher, Olive-sided c Flycatcher, Least f* Wood pewee c* Baltimore oriole c* Crossbill, American r Tanager, Scarlet f* Vireo, Red-eyed c* Vireo, Warbling f Vireo, Yellow-throated f Vireo, Blue-headed r Warbler, Black and white c Warbler, Blackpoll c Warbler, Pine c Brown creeper f Nuthatch, White-breasted a Nuthatch, Red-breasted r Gnatcatcher, Blue-gray r* Thrush, Wood c* Thrush, Veery r Thrush, Gray-cheeked f Thrush, Olive-backed f Long-eared owl f Red-poll f f Flicker c* c Prairie chicken r Lark, Horned c Lark, Prairie horned c Bobolink a* Meadowlark a* Snow bunting c Sparrow, Vesper a* Sparrow, Grasshopper f Sparrow, Field a* Dickcissel f* 146 Bulletin Wisconsin Natural History Society [Vol. 13, No. 3 The abundance of avian life in any habitat varies with the season of the year; so also does the relative abundance. From September until late November, which is the season of the fall migration, the swamp is the home of the largest number of species, with the woods second, and the open fields a fairly close third. During December, January, and February the birds found are: (1) permanent residents, or (2) winter visitors. Birds of the latter group are few in number, and the snow hunt- ing is an example. The former, such as the barred owl, great horned owl, chickadee, woodpeckers, nuthatches, are the wood- inhabiting species, and comprise by far the largest part of the winter forms. As a result of this, during the colder months the number of species found in the woods exceed the total number found in the open regions — the swamp and the open fields. With the spring migration, however, (at least with the beginning of the spring thaw which immediately precedes the migration) the swamp rapidly takes the lead in the number of species, and maintains it until the following late November. The comparative abundance of species in these three associations is shown in figure (7). VII. AVIAN MIGRATION Although it is not the purpose of this section to list the mi- grant species, or to give the dates of arrival of the different species of birds, a few remarks on the spring migration in this region may not be out of place. It is is an established fact that bird migration occurs in “waves;” that several or many species arrive together, usually over night. While the number of these waves may vary, it has been the writer’s experience that there are perhaps more often three big migration waves than other- wise, and that the interval between the first and second is greater than between the second and third. As an illustration of this the following data are given from the writer’s notes on the spring migration at Wooded Island, Jack- son Park, Chicago, for 1913: The first big wave occurred on the night of April 22, and the following morning fifteen species were recorded not seen previously that year. The second large migration occurred on the night of May 2, for the next day twenty-four new arrivals were listed. The third wave 1915] Cahn: Ecology of Wingra Springs Region 147 Wingra Springs Region 1913-1914. 148 Bulletin Wisconsin Natural History Society [Vol.13, No. 3 came the night of May 4, and eleven new birds were discovered the next day. In the region we are considering, the crests of the waves came on April 20 (ten species), May 2, (twenty-eight species), and May 5 (fourteen species). We are perhaps unaccustomed to think that resident species migrate, yet there is, in some cases at least, a very definite migra- tion among the resident species. This fact was most noticeable in the ruffed grouse and the quail. These two species are typical of distinctly different associa- tions at most times of the year. In as much as the ruffed grouse spends the greater part of the year in the woods, nesting and feeding there, it is a representative of the Sylvan association. The quail, on the other hand, is distinctly a bird of the Argian association, and was never found encroaching on the domain of the grouse. Yet these species wintered together in the tangled underbrush of the swamp. Just when they left their summer habitat is not known, but they were found together in the swamp on December 5. Here they remained in close association all winter: in association so close that often both species would be flushed at the same instant. Living as they did in an area of very limited food-supply (so far as variety is concerned) their food was essentially similar, consisting of grass and weed seeds, and, in the case of the quail at least, some of the low buds of the dog-weed, Cornus stolonifera . On April 5 the quail had left the Cornus society, and was found only in the Spartina society, where it remained until April 15. On this date there was no sign of it in the swamp proper, and search disclosed it scattered along the course of the big spring, about mid-way between its winter habitat and the open fields. This was still Spartina society, though rapidly approaching the Argian association. Here it remained until April 21, when it deserted the Spartina society, and the birds were to be heard in full call in the open fields beyond, where they remained until the following fall. The grouse, in the meanwhile, remained in the Cornus society until April 22. The next two days were spent in the Spartina society, but at the edge of the woods. On April 25 the birds were heard drumming in the heart of the woods. It seems not unlikely that the difference in the time of migration of these 1915] Cahn: Ecology of Wingra Springs Region 149 two species is due to the difference in the conditions existing in the associations to which they were migrating. The Spartina society thawed earlier under the influence of the sun, and was therefore further advanced, and ready earlier to receive the avian inhabitants. The quail may well have left the Cornus for the Spartina society because the latter was more advanced. There was sufficient concealment for so small a bird, while the protection offered was insufficient for the grouse. At the time the quail was migrating toward the fields, the woods still contained patches of snow, and the ground was still frozen. VIII. AVIAN ZONATION The data accumulated in the study of the birds of the forma- tion we are considering show a more or less definite zonation of species both in horizontal and vertical planes. There is some ground to believe that there is a zonation in each of the typical associations in each of the above-mentioned planes, but the writer has confined himself to working out the align- ment of the species in the horizontal plane in the water, shore, and marsh associations, and offers, the results of this phase of the work, with a few remarks on vertical zonation. Horizontal Zonation The various species of birds can be grouped into reasonably distinct zones. Starting with the central portion of the lake, we find extending toward the shore and the region beyond, more or less concentric zones which are characterized by the presence of one or more species of birds. Thus the ruddy duck, the blue- bill, the golden-eye, and the loon are found to be most at home in the middle of the lake: at least they show a marked desire to keep as far away as possible from the shore-line. The next zone is characterized by the pied-billed grebe and the horned grebe, these being found most commonly in the area lying be- tween that occupied by the preceding species of ducks and the shore region. Immediately about the shore we find such species as the coot, mallard, pintail, baldpate, which seem to prefer this more sheltered and protected region to the more open and deeper water. These shore species are for the most part poor divers if compared with the species found in the deeper water zones. 150 Bulletin Wisconsin Natural History Society [Vol. 13, No. 3 Along the water’s edge is found a narrow zone, varying in width from a few inches to approximately two yards, which is characterized by limicoline species. This zone is intermittent, and wading birds occur only where the shore-line is compara- tively free from vegetation. In such places are found the spotted and semipalmated sandpipers, with an occasional greater yellow-legs and killdeer, though these two species are rather more characteristic of other regions. In the zone lying next to the foregoing, and which is ordinarily the Spartina society, are found the various species of rails, herons, bitterns, marsh wrens, the red-winged blackbird, short-eared owl, marsh hawk, and many other species listed under the heading of “swamp” in Table II. Intermediate between the Spartina society species and the Sylvan association species are the few birds character- istic of the Cornus society — the partridge and quail, during the fall, winter, and spring; the woodcock, shrike, and chickadee at other times. This, like the shore-line zone, is intermittent and relatively unimportant in so far as the number of species is concerned. Two sub-zones are to be distinguished in the Sylvan associa- tion: (1) a border zone characterized by the chickadee (which is transitory between the species at the edge of the swamp in the Cornus society), blue jay, bronzed grackle, downy wood- pecker, and brown creeper; and (2) an inner zone, where are found the white-breasted nuthatch (which occasionally wanders into the border zone), the crow, hairy and red-headed wood- peckers, the partridge (during the summer), and the barred owl. Beyond the woods lies the zone of the open fields, charater- ized by the bobolink, meadowlark, vesper sparrow and many other species, as listed in Table II. The zonation about the pools is perhaps of sufficient interest to warrant mention. Though typically limniotic in character, we find what might be termed “retrograde zonation” occurring. The open water of the pools lends just sufficient inducement to attract some of the limnetic species. We find here again the baldpate and mallard which characterized the shore-line of the lake, as well as the spotted and semipalmated sandpipers, and the yellow-legs mentioned in the shore-line zone. 1915] Cahn: Ecology of Wingra Springs Region 151 Vertical Zonation In regard to vertical zonation, little can at present be said, as there is not sufficient data at hand to warrant generalization. Two years’ data, however, seem to point to the probability that there is a fairly definite vertical zonation, but it will take considerably more observation to verify the statement. The notes at hand seem to show that the vertical zonation must be considered separately in at least two groups: (1) a group which starts on the ground and includes what we may for convenience call the “perching” birds — species that are dependent on shrubs and trees for their vertical distribution — and would include, for example, all of the common “song” birds; and (2) a group of species which we may call “aerial,” which would be comprised of the birds dependent upon their wings for vertical distribu- tion. In the latter group would fall the owls, hawks, gulls, terns, ducks, and geese. Just how the vertical distribution in this last group would work out is perhaps best shown in the case of the hawks and owls. The short-eared owl and the marsh hawk are low-flying species, seldom rising to any consider- able height above the ground. The great horned owl and the red-tailed or red-shouldered hawks are higher flyers respectively than the representatives of the preceding “zone.” In a similar manner, the geese are ordinarily higher flyers than the ducks. IX. ECOLOGICAL DISCUSSION OF THE SPECIES OF BIRDS REPRESENTED In the following paragraphs are summarized the data on the different species of birds found in the formation. For conve- nience the zones are referred to by number as follows: (1) Central lake zone. (2) Intermediate lake zone. (3) Shallow water zone. (4) Shore-line zone. (5) Spartina zone. (6) Cornus zone. (7) Sylvan zone. (a) Outer border zone. (b) Inner woods zone. (8) Open field zone. 15*2 Bulletin Wisconsin Natural History Society [Vol. 13, No. 3 The order followed, as well as the nomenclature is that of the American Ornithologist Union Check list. Order PYGOPODES Colymbus auritus Linnaeus. Horned Grebe. A constant, though not a common inhabitant of zone two; necessarily a lake bird, it was found only in the lake, and, being but a fair diver, it was found only in the intermediate lake zone. Only one specimen was taken, and its food consisted of eight Notropis cayuga , and a small amount of plant remains. The species does not breed within the formation, and passes north from Lake Wingra about the middle of April. Podilymbus podiceps (Linnaeus). Pied-billed Grebe. An abundant and nearly constant inhabitant of zone two, together with the preceding species. Arrives as soon as the lake opens in the spring, and remains until it freezes in the fall. During the breeding season the birds enter zone three where they nest occasionally. The food consists of small minnows ( Notropis cayuga and N heterodon). and occasionally small bluegills (Lepomis pallidus) , small aquatic insects, as Zaitha and Ranathra, and a considerable amount of plant material. Gavia immer (Brlinnich). Loon. In the early spring and late fall these birds are common in zone one, which they are not seen to leave except when on the wing, of course. Xot a breeding species. Order LONGIPENNES Larus argentatus Pontoppidan. Herring Gull. A species common over zones one to four inclusive, and oc- casionally over zones five and six. As in this locality, at least, its food is limited to fish so far as is known, the range is limited or bounded by the food factor. First seen about the time that the ice breaks in the spring, and a few may be found occasionally at nearly any time of the year. Not a breeding species within the formation. Larus delawarensis Ord. Ring-billed Gull. Of the same distribution and occurrence as the preced- ing species, though probably not quite as common at any time. 1915] Cahn: Ecology of Wingra Springs .Region 153 Larus Philadelphia (Ord.) Bonaparte's Gull. This species is present within the formation for but a very few days, but during those days it is abundant. Keeps strictly over the lake, feeding upon small fish, presumably Notropis cayuga. Sterna hirundo Linnaeus. Common Tern. A very common species in the spring, appearing in large flocks which haunt the lake zones, and occasionally excursion into the two swamp zones (five and six). Like the gulls, the terns are limited in their distribution by the food limitations. Feeds commonly upon Notropis cayuga or any species that can be caught within a few inches of the surface of the lake. Not a breeding species within the formation. Hydrochelidon nigra surinamensis (Gmelin). Black tern. Not a common species at any time, and one of much more limited distribution, being but rarely found ouside of zones one to three inclusive. A single pair nested on a deserted muskrat house near the springs region, but the nest was destroyed in some way. The food is essentially the same as that of the common tern. The species arrived somewhat later than the preceding one, the date being April 30 as compared with April 19 for Sterna hirundo. Order STEGANOPODES Phalacrocorax carbo (Linnaeus). Cormorant. A rare bird in the Madison district, seen but once on Lake Wingra, and this time within the limits of the formation. Three individuals were present, and remained confined very closely to zone one. The birds were very wild. Order ANSERES Mergus americanus Cassin. Merganser. A common species, which, being a good diver, confines itself almost exclusively to zones one and two. Mergus serrator Linnaeus. Red-breasted Merganser. The commonest of the mergansers and, like the preceding species, confined to zones one and two. Lophodytes cucullatus (Linnaeus). Hooded Merganser. The least common of the mergansers found in the region, and similar in distribution to the other two. Is probably less active than either of the preceding, and seldom is found in flocks. 154 Bulletin Wisconsin Natural History Society [Vol. 13, No. 3 Anas platyrhynchos Linnaeus. Mallard. An abundant species found most commonly in zones three and five: in the latter only in the spring, and if the swamp is well under water. Food consists mainly of aquatic plants plucked from the bottom in the shallow water. A few pair breed in the large swamp areas about the formation, and are attracted to the area apparently by the large water-cress beds about the mouth of the first spring. Anas rubripes Brewster. Black duck. A fairly common species, found often in company with the mallards, and more frequently in zone five than three. Prob- ably not a nesting species within the area. Mareca americana (Gmelin). Baldpate. Common in zones two and three, and occasionally in five. Found also in the ponds, which, as has been pointed out, are comparable to zone three of the lake. Nettion carolinense (Gmelin). Green-winged Teal. Found almost entirely in zones three and five, and most fre- quently in the former. Not a diving species, and therefore con- fined to the shallows for food. Querquedula discors (Linnaeus). Blue-winged Teal. Similar to the preceding species in general distribution, but a little more inclined to the lake than to the swamp. Was found as late as June 8, so that it is possible that it breeds within the formation. Spatula clypeata (Linnaeus). Shoveller. Never very common on Lake Wingra, but found within the confines of zones two or three, and usually in small flocks. Dafila acuta (Linnaeus). Pintail. Common in zones one, two, and three, and on one occasion found in zone five. March 14 is the earliest date of its occur- rence on Lake Wingra, then in company with mallards and canvasbacks. Marila americana (Eyton). Redhead. Not as common about Lake Wingra as the following species, and when found is confined to zones one and two, and but rarely comes into three. Stomach-content examination of four individ- uals shows an average of 80% or more vegetable matter, 10% gravel, and 10% animal matter, as snails, small insects, and in- sect larvae. 1915] Cahn: Ecology of Wingra Springs Region 155 Marila valisineria (Wilson). Canvas-back. Common in zones one and two, and occasionally entering zone three. Food approximately the same as in the preceding species. Marila marila (Linnaeus). Scaup Duck. Quite common, usually in flocks with the next species. Is often found confined to zone one, sometimes entering zone two, but rarely approaching the shore more closely. Marila affinis (Eyton). Lesser Scaup. Abundant in zones one and two. Both bluebills are good divers, and have no difficulty in feeding in the deeper water. Clangula clangula americana Bonaparte. Golden-eye. Being excellent divers, these birds seldom have occasion to approach shore closely, and are therefore strictly a zone one species. Food consists mainly of plant material with about 15% of gravel, and 10% animal matter. Charitonetta albeola (Linnaeus). Bufflehead. Of the widest distribution of the ducks found on Wingra. May be found in any of the zones from one to four, and seems to be about equally at home in any. Is an excellent diver, which makes zones one and two congenial to it, but food is more abundant in the shallower zones, and the bird seems little wor- ried by the possible dangers of the shore. Erismatura jamaicensis (Gmelin). Ruddy Duck. Found only in zones one and two. The species differs from the other “deep water” ducks in that it may approach shore closely. An excellent diver. Branta canadensis canadensis (Linnaeus). Canada Goose. The only member of the subfamily Anserinae found. Being very wild, the species confines itself most closely to zone one. Order HERODIONES Botaurus lentiginosus (Montigu). Bittern. Found most commonly in zone five, where the species nests. Food consists largely of frogs ( Rana pipiens and Acris), in search of which it often enters zone four. Limited both by its habits and physical characteristics to zone mentioned. 156 Bulletin Wisconsin Natural History Society [Vol. 13, No. 3 Ixobrychus exilis (Gmelin). Least bittern. Not uncommon in zone five, where it remains almost con- stantly, feeding and nesting therein. Stomach examination of six adults showed the following species eaten: Acris gryllus. Chorophilus nigritus, small Rana pipiens , and Zaitha, with various other aquatic insects. Fig. 8. Arched Nest of Least Bittern. Ardea herodias herodias Linnaeus. Great Blue Heron. A frequent early spring migrant, found in zones four and five. The stomach of one individual found shot along the lake shore contained two Rana pipiens and several Notropis heterodon and Fundulus. Butorides virescens virescens (Linnaeus). Green Heron. Found not uncommonly in zone five, where the species nests in the Cornus society. 1915] Cahn: Ecology of Wingra Springs Region 157 Order PALUDICOLAE Rallus elegans Audubon. King Rail. Rare within the formation. A single individual was seen feeding along the shore of the springs. Rallus virginianus Linnaeus. Virginia Rail. Confined to zone five, where the species breeds. Very abund- ant. The food consists of small vertebrates together with a variety of invertebrates. (6). Prozana Carolina (Linnaeus). Sora. Found in the same general locality as the preceding. Also a breeding species. Fulica americana Gmelin. Coot. Abundant in the spring and fall, and occasionally a breeding species within the area. Is characteristic of zone three, nest- ing at the boundary between it and zone four. Order LIMICOLAE Philohela minor (Gmelin). Woodcock. Characteristic of zone six, where it carries on all of its activities. Not common by any means, and, though five pair were located, but a single nest was found, and this was later destroyed by the fox squirrels, before the young hatched. Gallinago delicata (Ord). Wilson Snipe. Characteristic of zone five, while an occasional individual wanders into zone four. Quite abundant in the spring and fall, and probably nests in the area under discussion. Ereunetes pusillus (Linnaeus). Semipalmated Sandpiper. Characteristic of zone four, where the species feeds whenever present in the formation. Totanus melanoleucus (Gmelin). Greater Yellow-legs. Found on only two occasions, both times within zone five, which is as one would expect. Totanus flavipes (Gmelin). Yellow-legs. The lesser yellow-legs is much more common than the preced- ing species, and likewise is found in zone five. However, this species seems not adverse to appearing within zone four in its search for food, which is largely insect life. Bulletin Wisconsin Natural History Society [Vol. 13, No. 3 158 Actitis macularia (Linnaeus). Spotted Sandpiper. Common from early spring till about the middle of October, and perhaps a breeding species. Typical of zone four, as is the semipalmated species, from which zone it was not found to depart. Oxyechus vociferus (Linnaeus). Killdeer. Found onty within zone four; as there is practically no suit- able nesting ground within the formation, it is probably not a breeding species in the area. Order GALLINAE Colinus virginianus virginianus (Linnaeus). Bob-white. A common resident and breeding species. In winter a resi- dent of zones five and six; in summer of zone eight, as previously discussed. Bonasa umbellus umbellus (Linnaeus). Ruffed Grouse. Common in zones five and six during the winter, and in zone seven during the summer, in which association it breeds. Tympanuchus americanus americanus (Reichenbach). Prairie Chicken. Confined most strictly to zone eight, where it is not improb- able that the species nests. Very uncommon. Order COLUMBAE Zenaidura macroura carolinensis (Linnaeus). Mourning Dove. A fewr pair of these birds nested in the outer border of zone seven, but the species is not nearly as common within the forma- tion as across the lake where conditions are more open, and a supply of grain food more abundant. Order RAPTORES Circus hudsonius (Linnaeus). Marsh Hawk. Abundant in and above zone five. The food consists largely of mice, principally Microtus pennsylvanicus , and often frogs, and on one occasion a female was seen flying away with a small specimen of snake, probably Thamnophis radix. Several pair breed within the confines of the swamp. Accipiter velox (Wilson). Sharp-shinned Hawk. Rather uncommon, fortunately. Two specimens were taken 1915] Cahn: Ecology of Wingra Springs Region 159 one of which had eaten two swamp sparrows and showed traces of the hair of a small mammal; the other, one Microtus, and several large grasshoppers. Buteo borealis borealis (Gmelin). Red-tailed Hawk. A rare visitant which never spent more than a passing moment in the vicinity of the formation. Fig. 9. Nest and Eggs of the Marsh Hawk. Buteo lineatus lineatus (Gmelin). Red-shouldered Hawk. Not an uncommon visitor, found sailing over zones five or eight as a rule, but occasionally over zone seven. A male col- lected had eaten two toads, a garter snake, and a number of May beetles. Buteo platypterus (Vieillot). Broad-winged Hawk. Seen occasionally during the migrations in zones five and eight. The stomach of an adult male contained four young mice still unfurred. 160 Bulletin Wisconsin Natural History Society [Vol. 13, No. 3 Archibuteo lagopus sancti-johannis (Gmelin). Rough-legged Hawk. Two individuals only were seen, both flying low over the swamp, apparently searching for food. Falco sparverius sparverius Linnaeus. Sparrow Hawk. Several pair of these little hawks were seen from early May till the middle of September in zone eight, where they probably Fig. 10. Nest and Eggs of the Short Eared Owl. nested. Occasionally found in the swamp, where they went for food. Asio wilsonianus (Lesson). Long-eared Owl. Not uncommon in the border area of zone seven. The stom- ach of one individual contained five Peromyscus leucopus. Asio flammeus (Pontoppidan). Short-eared Owl. Common in zone five, where the species breeds. Of four stomachs examined, one had eaten five Microtus pennsylvanicus another three of the same, and one Blarina breviccauda; the 1915] Cahn: Ecology of Wingra Springs Region 161 third, four M. pennsylvanicus, and the fourth, nothing. A pile of 31 pellets of this species contained 22 Microtus pennsylvani- cus, 8 Blarina brevicauda, and 3 Peromyscus leucopus remains. Often seen hunting by day. Strix varia varia Barton. Barred Owl. A single pair breeds within the formation in the heart of zone seven, and occasionally a stray individual wanders into the region from the adjoining neighborhood. Otus asio asio (Linnaeus). Screech Owl. Not uncommon in zone seven, where the species breeds, usually • in the border area. Found twice in zone six. Order COCCYGES Coccyzus americanus americanus (Linnaeus). Yellow-billed Cuckoo. Zone seven, and occasionally six. A breeding species. Coccyzus erythrophthalmus (Wilson). Black-billed Cuckoo. A breeding species of the same distribution as the preceding, though somewhat more common. Ceryle alcyon (Linnaeus). Belted Kingfisher. Abundant over the lake as a whole. As there is no suitable nesting site within the formation, it can not breed there. The following animals have been found in the stomachs of this species: Notropis heterodon, N. cayuga, Perea flavescens, Eucalia inconstans, and Lepomis pallidus. Order PICI Dryobates villosus villosus (Linnaeus). Hairy Woodpecker. Not common, but found when present in the inner area of zone seven. Probably a breeding species. Dryobates pubescens medianus (Swainson). Downy wood- pecker. Inner area of zone seven. Common on the oaks and elms, where it is found almost exclusively. Two pair nested within the area. Sphyrapicus varius (Linnaeus). Yellow-bellied Sapsucker. Quite common in the outer area of zone seven. These birds do a considerable amount of damage to the trees, even in the few days that they are present on the migration. 162 Bulletin Wisconsin Natural History Society [Vol. 13, No. 3 Melanerpes erythrocephalus (Linnaeus). Red-headed Wood- pecker. Common in zone seven, and a breeding species there. A few individuals spent the winter of 1913-1914 about the springs, feeding practically entirely on wood-borers taken from the oaks. Colaptes auratus luteus Bangs. Northern Flicker. Common in the border area of zone seven, and quite often in zone eight, where they feed on the ground. The stomach of one shot in the fields contained one grub ( Lachnosterna gran - dis), three ground beetles ( Pterostichus sp.), and several car- penter ants, together with a mass of unrecognizable animal, debris. Order MACROCHIRES Chordeiles virginianus virginianus (Gmelin). Nighthawk. Seen only during the evenings, when the species comes from across the lake to zones five and eight, to feed on the abundant insect life these areas offer. Chaetura pelagica (Linnaeus). Chimney Swift. This species is found only when it enters the formation in search of food, which it finds most abundant over the lake shore and in the fields. Archilochus colubris (Linnaeus). Ruby-throated Humming- bird. Probably more common than data indicate, as there are but two records of its presence in the formation: once in zone five, and once in eight. Very likely the species breeds within the limits of the area. Order PASSERES Tyrannus tyrannus (Linnaeus). Kingbird. Of rather wide distribution, being found in zones six, seven, and eight, though more commonly in six and seven. Food consists of any passing insect, apparently, from the small Chi- ronomus to May beetles. Myiarchus crinitus (Linnaeus). Crested Flycatcher. Several seen during the spring migrations in the inner area of zone seven. Does occasionally nest within the limits of the formation. 1915] Cahn: Ecology of Wingra Springs Region 163 Sayomis phoebe (Latham). Phoebe. Common in zone six and also in the outer area of zone seven. A single nest was found among the rocks by the springs. Ow- ing to the lack of nesting sites, probably, the species is not as common as it might be, as food is abundant. Nuttallomis borealis (Swainson). Olive-sided Flycatcher. Common in the woods during the spring migrations only. Myiochanes virens (Linnaeus). Wood Pewee. Common in zone seven, where it breeds and remains almost continuously. The stomach of one, shot on June 2, contained eleven small May-flies. Empidonax minimus (W. M. & S. F. Baird). Least Flycatcher. Found in the woods only on the spring migration, and not commonly then. Otocoris alpestris alpestris (Linnaeus). Horned Lark. Common in the open fields during the months of snow. The food consists entirely of seeds, and apparently of any seed- bearing plant available. Otocoris alpestris praticola Henshaw. Prairie Horned Lark. Found in abundance as soon as the snow begins to melt, and often nests before the ground is entirely clear. Cyanocitta cristata cristata (Linnaeus). Blue Jay. Common in both zones six and seven, breeding in the former. Although the formation teemed with bird life, there was not a sign of damage caused by the numerous jays present. Corvus brachyrhynchos brachyrhynchos Brehm. Crow. Abundant in zones seven and eight, and quite often seen in zone six. Were it not for the carcass of a horse dumped in the latter zone, and upon which many crows fed daily, they would be listed as uncommon in said zone. Breeds in the inner area of the woods. Dolichonyx oryzivorus (Linnaeus). Bobolink. Common in zone eight, where the species breeds in numbers. Food consists of grain when available, together with insects. Molothrus ater ater (Boddaert). Cowbird. Present throughout the swamp and fields in numbers. Its eggs were found in the nests of: Yellow warbler, red-winged blackbird, swamp and song sparrows, and on one occasion three eggs of the species were found in a catbird nest containing one egg of the owner, and evidently deserted. 104 Bulletin Wisconsin Natural History Society [Vol. 13, No. 3 Agelaius phoeniceus phoeniceus (Linnaeus), lied-winged Blackbird. Abundant in zone five, to which it is very closely limited, and in which, of course, it breeds. Food consists nearly entirely of insects, as Chironomus, caddice-flies, Diptera of various species, and such beetles as are available. Stumella magna magna (Linnaeus). Meadowlark. Abundant in zone eight, where the birds nest in considerable numbers. Fig. 11. Nest of Red-winged Blackbird containing one Cowbird Egg. Icterus galbura (Linnaeus). Baltimore Oriole. Quite common in the border area of zone seven, especially in the elm trees where a few pair nest. Not nearly as common as in the region across the lake, which is open and under culti- vation. Euphagus carolinus (Muller). Rusty Blackbird. Common in zone five during the migration, and found occa- sionally in zone eight, but in much fewer numbers. 1915] Cahn: Ecology of Wingra Springs Region 165 Quiscalus quiscula aeneus Ridgway. Bronzed Grackle. Abundant in the swamps, and quite common in the woods, in which zone the species nests. Loxia curvirostra minor (Brehm). Crossbill. A rare late fall or very early spring visitor to zone seven. Two flocks were seen, both migratory, and the birds were not feeding. Apparently are not present every season. Acanthis linaria linaria (Linnaeus). Redpoll. An uncommon winter visitant, of which few are to be found in the outer area of zone seven, and in the region of zone eight proximal to it. Astragalinus tristis tristis (Linnaeus). Goldfinch. Abundant in zone six during the spring migration, and common there and in zone five at other times of the year. A breeding species during late July. Passer domesticus (Linnaeus). English Sparrow. Mentioned simply because the species is conspicuous by its absence. Has not been seen within the formation, though it is abundant all around it! Plectrophenax nivalis nivalis (Linnaeus). Snow Bunting. Quite a common visitor to the open fields during the winter months. Frequently seen in large flocks feeding upon the weed seeds of the area. Pooecaetes gramineus gramineus (Gmelin). Vesper Sparrow. A common species in zone eight, where it breeds. One indi- vidual shot in May had eaten three small crickets and several beetles. Ammodramus savannarum australis Maynard. Grasshopper Sparrow. A few birds of this species probably breed in zone eight, where they are more often heard than seen. Passerherbulus henslowi henslowi (Audubon). Henslow Sparrow. A rather rare migrant in zones six and eight (border area). Strictly a ground species, feeding largely upon ground insects and seeds. Zonotrichia -querula (Nuttall). Harris’s Sparrow. A very rare species, of which one specimen was secured in zone eight (7). 106 Bulletin Wisconsin Natural History Society [Yol. 13. No. 3 Zonotrichia albicollis (Gmelin). White-throated Sparrow. Abundant in the swamp and about the border of the woods, in the spring from about the end of February until well into May. Spizella monticola monticola (Gmelin). Tree Sparrow. Abundant in zone five in the early spring. Two stomachs examined contained only seeds of common weeds. Spizella passerina passerina (Bechstein). Chipping Sparrow. More or less cosmopolitan in distribution, having been seen in zones five to eight inclusive, and fairly common in each. Xests in the border zone of seven. Spizella pusilla pusilla (Wilson). Field Sparrow. Confined exclusively to eight, where it breeds. Junco hyemalis hyemalis (Linnaeus). Slate-colored Junco. Abundant in zone five, common in eight, and rare in seven. Its food consists of almost entirely seeds, and it is found where seeds are most abundant, and where there is protection from the cold winds during its sojourn. Melospiza melodia melodia (Wilson). Song Sparrow. Abundant in the swamp during the spring and fall, and found also during the winter; abundant in zone eight during the sum- mer, where it nests. Melospiza georgiana (Latham). Swamp Sparrow. Abundant breeding species in the swamp in the summer. Passerella iliaca iliaca (Merrem). Fox Sparrow. Common in zone six and frequently found in seven. Two stomachs examined contained: several Epeira sp., Megella mac- ulata , Camponotus pennsylvanicus , and several Elaterid larvae. Pipilo erythrophthalmus erythrophthalmus (Linnaeus). Towhee. Quite common in zone six, and along the border of seven. Food consists almost entireh' of insects. Zamelodia ludoviciana ( Linnaeus). Rose-breasted Grosbeak. Common in zone seven where it nests, and frequently seen in zone six, where it comes ostensibly to feed. Passerina cyanea (Linnaeus). Indigo Bunting. Rare. Two specimens seen: one each in six and seven. Spiza americana (Gmelin). Dickcissel. Confined strictly to zone eight, where it probably breeds. Piranga erythromelas Vieillot. Scarlet Tenager. Strictly a woods species, and most often seen in the maples. Breeds in the border area of the zone. 1915] Cahn: Ecology of Wingra Springs Region 167 Pronge subis subis (Linnaeus). Purple Martin. Toward evening in the spring, summer, and fall the species enters the formation, and feeds on the wing over zone five. Hirundo erythrogastra Boddaert. . Barn Swallow. Like the martin, the barn swallow enters the formation only for food. None of the swallows breed within the formation, using the area merely as a most convenient feeding ground, and it is the abundance of insects that is the attraction; but for these there would probably be no swallows on the list. Iridoprocne bicolor (Vieillot). Tree Swallow. Quite common over zones three and five, especially in the spring and early summer. Feeds largely on midges. Riparia riparia (Linnaeus). Bank Swallow. Feeds over five, and may sometimes be seen circling over zone eight. Stelgidopteryx serripennis (Audubon). Rough-winged Swallow. Quite common over the swamp and along the course of the springs. Bombycilla cedrorum Vieillot. Cedar Waxwing. Not uncommon in zone six during the winter, and in zone seven (border) in the summer. Food consists largely of fruits, when available, often Smilacina racemosa or grape Vitis sp. Lanius ludovicianus migrans W. Palmer. Migrant Shrike. Rare within the formation, and seen only in six and seven. Vireosylva olivacea (Linnaeus). Red-eyed Vireo. Common during the late spring and summer in zone seven, where the species breeds. Vireosylva gilva gilva (Vieillot). Warbling Vireo. Found only on the spring migration, and then only in the heart of zone seven. Lanivireo flavifrons (Vieillot). Yellow-throated Vireo. Also a migrant, found as is the preceding species. Lanivireo solitarius solitarius (Wilson). Blue-headed Vireo. A migrant, not very common, in zone seven. All the vireos are characteristic of the higher trees. Mniotilta varia (Linnaeus). Black and White Warbler. Common only in the outer area of zone seven. Vermivora peregrina (Wilson). Tennessee Warbler. A few individuals seen for a short time during the spring migra- tion in zone six. 16S Bulletin Wisconsin Natural History Society [Yol. 13. No. 3 Composthlypis americana americana (Linnaeus). Parula War- bler. Common only in the thicker portions of zone six. and only for a couple of days during the spring migration. Dendroica tigrina (Gmelin). Cape May Warbler. Never a very common species, though usually in evidence at about the height of the warbler migration — May 5. Usually remains high in the tangle of zone six. Dendroica aestiva aestiva (Gmelin). Yellow Warbler. Abundant during the spring migration, and common as a breeding species. Finds its optimun in zone six, but is also common in the hazel ( Corylus rostrata) ‘‘islands’’ of zone eight. Dendroica caerulescens caerulescens (Gmelin). Black-throated Blue Warbler. Common on both spring and fall migrations in the swamp, especially on zone six. Two males shot had fed largely on midges, together with some small lepidopterous insects. Dendroica coronata (Linnaeus). Myrtle Warbler. The first of the warblers to appear, being over five weeks ahead of the main warbler migration. Common in zone seven (outer), and six, in which it breeds. Dendroica magnolia (Wilson). Magnolia Warbler. Common in the outer border of zone seven, and in zone six during the migration, and also seen in some numbers in the fall. Dendroica pennsylvanica (Linnaeus). Chestnut-sided Warbler. Common in the sixth zone for a few days on the spring, migra- tion. Remains usually between eight and twelve feet above the ground. Dendroica castanea f Wilson). Bay-breasted Warbler. Distribution and habits almost identical with the preceding species. Dendroica striata (J. R. Forster). Black-poll Warbler. Common in both areas of zone seven; the last of the warblers to arrive, and ordinarily confines itself to the taller trees, espe- cially oaks, from whose rough bark it obtains an adequate sup- ply of insects. Dendroica fusca ( Muller). Blackburnian Warbler. Of very irregular occurrence: during the spring of 1914 not a single individual was found within the formation, while in 1915 the woods were fairly alive with the species on both May 4 and 5. 1915] Cahn: Ecology of Wingra Springs Region 169 Dendroica virens (Gmelin). Black-throated Green Warbler. Common during a period of about a week in zone six. Dendroica vigorsi (Audubon). Pine Warbler. Abundant in the tops of the highest trees during the migra- tion, and because of its tree-top habits is confined strictly to zone seven. Dendroica palmarum palmarum (Gmelin). Palm Warbler. Similar to the last species in habits and distribution. Seiurus aurocapillus (Linnaeus). Oven-bird. Quite common in the inner area of zone seven during the migration. Remains closely to its habitat — always on the ground — and usually among the tangle of underbrush. Seiurus noveboracensis noveboracensis (Gmelin). Water- thrush. Abundant along the courses of the stream where bushes or underbrush is present, and usually in zone six. Oporomis agilis (Wilson). Connecticut Warbler. Another of the ground-loving species, found in zones six and seven (border). Stomach examinations show a predominance of beetles over other insects. Geothlypis trichas trichas (Linnaeus). Maryland Yellow-throat. A common inhabitant of zone five, breeding in some numbers. Wilsonia pusilla pusilla (Wilson). Wilson’s Warbler. Common in zone six during the last quarter of the spring migra- tion. Frequents bushes of varying heights, from four to eight feet. Wilsonia canadensis (Linnaeus). Canada Warbler. A few of this species are noted on each migration, either in six or seven, but the species finds its optimum in six. Steophaga ruticilla (Linnaeus). Redstart. linds its optimum in six, but frequents eight also. Dumetella carolinensis (Linnaeus). Catbird. Common in the swamp, usually in zone six, and quite frequent along the border of zone seven. Toxostoma rufum (Linnaeus). Brown Thrasher. Common and a breeding species in both zones six and eight. Seven nests were found, of which three were on the ground, two within one foot of the ground, and the remaining two within thirty inches of it, all in heavy tangle. 170 Bulletin Wisconsin Natural History Society [Vol. 13, No. 3 Troglodytes aedon aedon (Vieillot). House Wren. Not an uncommon breeding species within both zones six and seven. Owing to the lack of suitable nesting sites, the species is less abundant than it might well be. Nannus hiemalis hiemalis (Vieillot). Winter Wren. But two individuals seen: one in six, the other in the heart of the woods. Probably more common than data show. Cistothorus stellaris (Naumann). Short-billed Marsh Wrren. Common in the deep grass of five, where it breeds. Telmatodytes palustris palustris (Wilson). Long-billed Marsh Wren. More common than the preceding, and of practically the same distribution. Dummy nests of the species are to be found all through the swamp, where the ground is moist. Certhia familiaris americana Bonaparte. Brown Creeper. A resident of the woods, less frequent in summer, and there is no breeding evidence at hand. Prefers the rough barked trees (oaks) and rarely ascends more than ten feet above the ground. Sitta carolinensis carolinensis Latham. White-breasted Nut- hatch. Abundant during the fall and winter, and not unusual in the woods in summer. Sitta canadensis Linnaeus. Red-breasted Nuthatch. Only one individual was seen (April 30), and this was quite common at the same time across the lake. Penthestes atricapillus atricapillus (Linnaeus). Chicadkee. A common resident and breeding species in seven as a whole, but an abundant visitor to zone six during the winter, when it feeds among the buds of the dogwood society flora. Regulus satrapa satrapa Lichtenstein. Golden-crowned Kinglet. A common migrant in zones six and seven, rarely seen after the first of May. More common than the next species. Regulus calendula calendula (Linnaeus). Ruby-crowned King- let. A rather common migrant over the same area as the pre- ceding, but in evidence for a shorter period of time, and more of a “cold weather” species. 1915] Cahn: Ecology of Wingra Springs Region .71 Polioptila caerulae caerulea (Linnaeus). Gnatcatcher. Two individuals were seen in the woods, and the species must be considered as rather uncommon in the formation. Hylocichla mustelina (Gmelin). Wood Thrush. A common summer resident and breeding species in zone seven, rarely even appearing at the outer border of the zone. Prefers maple as the nesting tree, as six out of seven nests found were in small trees of this kind. Hylocichla fuscescens fuscescens (Stephens). Veery. A rather rare migrant in. zone seven; usually silent during its brief stay, and there are but two records of it. Hylocichla aliciae aliciae (Baird). Gray-cheeked Thrush. A common migrant both in spring and fall along the border of zone seven. Hylocichla ustulata swainsoni (Tschusi) . Olive-backed Thrush. Not quite as common as the preceding species, but still not un- common in the outer area of the same zone. Seems to prefer the outer edge of the woods a little more than the gray-cheeked species. Hylocichla guttata pallasi (Cabanis). Hermit Thrush. Abundant in the early spring and in the fall on the migrations. A .bird typically of the woods, but which is not adverse to appear- ing on occasion in zone six. Planesticus migratorius migratorius (Linnaeus). Robin. Of rather wide and diverse distribution, being found in zones five to eight inclusive, but reaching its optimum in the border area of the woods. Robins are not found in the Madison region during the winter as a rule, but the species winters regularly, apparently, within the formation under discussion. During the winter the . species is to be found in the immediate vicinity of the springs, and the birds have been seen picking the aquatic forms (amphipods, isopods, etc.) from the stones in the running water. As the species was to be found in no other locality during the winter, it may be assumed for lack of more definite informa- tion, that the open water has much to do with the presence of the species in the region during the winter. Sialia sialis sialis (Linnaeus). Bluebird. Common in zone eight, and occasionally seen in zone six. In the former zone the species breeds wherever suitable facilities are found. Bulletin Wisconsin Natural History Society [Vol. 13, No. 3 17 2 X. SUMMARY AND CONCLUSIONS (1) The paper concerns an ecological survey of the formation known locally as the Wingra Springs Region, situated at the southwest end of Lake Wingra, at Madison, Wisconsin, the investigation being with par- ticular reference to the avifauna. (2) This formation includes a portion of the lake, swamp, the large springs, woods, fields, and two temporary ponds. (3) The fomation is typically that of the Alleghanian area of the Transi- tion Zone, though there are Carolinian affinities. (4) The formation divides itself naturally into five associations, namely : (1) Limnetic, (2) Limniotic, (3) Fonticular, (4) Argian, (5) Sylvan. (5) Of these five associations, the Limniotic is the most important both because of its extent, and because of the abundance of life therein. (6) There is a definite succession of mammalian life within this associa- tion, as shown by the seasonal migrations of the weasel and meadow vole, and to a less extent by the muskrat and mink. The presence or abundance of these animals is dependent largely upon the moisture conditions of the association. (7) Data on the birds of the formation taken during two years show the presence of one hundred and sixty one species. These are listed in the associations in which they occur. (8) Except during December and January, the swamp far exceeds the fields and wroods in number of species of birds. Except for a short time during the end of May and early June, the woods exceed the open fields, no doubt because of the protection afforded against severe weather. It should be noted in this connection also that, except during December, January, and early February, food is more abundant in the swamp than in the other associations. (9) There is a definite migration of resident birds within the formation, as exemplified by the migration of the ruffed grouse and quail. These birds winter together in the swamp and migrate elsewhere in the spring: the grouse to the woods; the quail to the open fields. In November both species return to the swamp. (10) It was found that a more or less definite horizontal zonation occurs, beginning with the central and deepest part of the lake, and extending shoreward to and beyond the woods. There are eight zones, each with its characteristic avifauna. (11) Of the eight zones, three are “water” zones. In these it is found that the birds are distributed with reference to their diving ability, the best divers being frequenters of the deepest-water zone. (12) Insufficient data are at hand regarding the vertical zonation, but there is evidence of the existence of zones in this plane. (13) It is pointed out from the examination of stomachs of birds taken in the different associations that the food of a species is of great importance in the limiting of its local distribution. 1915] Cahn: Ecology of Wingra Springs Region 173 (14) It is rather surprising to note the great variety of vertebrates found in so small an area, namely, two hundred and five species, and there is every evidence of a keen competition resulting in the survival of the fit- test of each species. XI. BIBLIOGRAPHY (1) Adams, C. C., An Ecological Survey of Isle Royal, Lake Superior- Ann. Rept. Mich. Geol. Surv. 1909. (2) Adams, C. C. The Ecological Succession of Birds. Ann. Rept. Mich. Geol. Surv., 1909. (3) Adams, C. C. Guide to the study of Animal Ecology. MacMillan, 1913. (4) Allen, A. A. The Red-winged Blackbird; A study in the Ecology of a Cat-tail Marsh. Abst. of Proc. Linn. Soc. of N. Y., Nos. 24-25, pp. 41-128. (5) Burns, F. L. A Sectional Bird Census. Wilson Bull. N. S. Vol. VIII, pp. 84-103, 1901. (6) Cahn, A. R. Notes on a Captive Virginia Rail. Auk, Vol. XXXII, No. 1, Jan., p. 91, 1915. (7) Cahn, A. R. The Status of Harris’s Sparrow in Wisconsin and Neighboring States. Bull. Wis. Nat. Hist. Soc., Vol. XIII, No. 2, June, 1915. (8) Eaton, E. H. The Birds of New York. Mem. 12, N. Y. State Mus., Vol. 2, pp. 5-50. (9) Forbes, S. A. Ichthyology of Illinois. State Lab. Nat. Hist. (no date). (10) Forbes, S. A. An Ornithological Cross section of Illinois in Autumn. Bull. III. State Lab. Nat. Hist., Vol. VII, pp. 305-335, 1908. (11) Forbes, S. A. The Mid-summer Bird Life of Illinois: A Statistical Study. Amer. Nat. Vol. XLII, p. 505, 1908. (12) Gates, F. C. Summer-bird Life in the Vicinity of Havana, Illinois, in its Relation to the Prominent Plant Associations. Wils. Bull., Vol. XXIII, pp. 1-27, 1911. (13) Hankinson, T. L. A Biological Survey of Walnut Lake, Michigan. Geol. Surv. Mich., pp. 161-288, 1907. (14) McCreary, O. Ecological Distribution of Birds of Isle Royale, Lake Superior. Mich. Geol. Surv., 1909. (15) Muttkowski, R. A. Review of the Dragon-flies of Wisconsin. Bull. Wis. Nat. Hist. Soc., Vol. VI, Nos. 1-2, pp. 57-128, 1908. (16) Pe^rse, A. S. On the Food of the Small Shore Fishes in .the Waters Near Madison, Wisconsin. Bull. Wis. Nat. Hist. Soc., Vol. XIII, No. 1, pp. 7-21, 1915. (17) Ruthven, A. G. Herpetology of Michigan. Mich. Geol. and Bilo. Surv., Pub. 10, Biol. Series 3, 1912. (18) Schorger, A. W. Blue-gray Gnatcatcher Nesting in Wisconsin. Auk, XXXII, No. 1, Jan. 1915, p. 106. 174 Bulletin Wisconsin Natural History Society [Vol. 13, No. 3 (19) Shelford, V. E. Animal Communities in Temperate America. U. of C. Press, 1913. (20) Tinker, A. D. Birds of School Girl’s Glenn, Mich. Geol. and Biol. Surv., Pub. 1, Biol. Ser. 1, 1910. XII. LIST OF ANIMALS IDENTIFIED Nemathelminthes ANNELIDA Haemopis marmoratis Say. MOLLUSCA Gordius sp Lumbricus terrestris Linn. Placobdella parasitica Say. Limnaea parvus Say. Limnaea stagnalis Linn. Limnaea reflexa Say. Limnaea palustris Muller. Planorbus trivolvus Say. Planorbus campanulatus Say. Planorbus reflexa Physa gyrina Say. Physa heterostropha Say. Polygyra multilineata Say. Succinea retusa Lea. Anodonta grandis Say. Sphaerium occidentale CRUSTACEA Cyclops bicuspidatus Claus. Daphnia hyalina Leyd. Daphnia pulex D. eG. Diaptomus stagnalis For. Dikerogammarus fasciatus (Say). Hyalella azteca (Sauss.). Dolomedes sexpunctatus Htz. Tetragnatha laboriosa Epeira foliata Koch. Epeira gigas Lea. Asellus communis Say. Porcellio rathkei Brandt. Cambarus argillicola Faxon. Cambarus propinquus Girard. Cambarus diogenes Girard. ARACHNIDA Argiope aurantica Liobunum grandis Say. Hydrachna sp. Trombidium sp. MYRIAPODA Lithobius sp. Polydesmus sp. Spirobolus marginatus Say. 1915] Cahn: Ecology of Wingra Springs Region 175 ODONATA Anax junius Drury. Libellula luctuosa Urm. Libellula pulchella Drury. Libellula quadromaculata Linn. Plathemis lydia Drury. Sympetrum rubicundulum Say. Sympetrum obtrusum Hagen. Aeshna constricta Say. Ishnura verticalis Say. Argia moesta putrida Hagen. Enallagma hageni Walsh. Nehallennia irene Hagen. Lestes disjunctus Selys. Sp. PLECOPTERA Orthoptera Melanoplus femur-rubrum DeG. Encoptolophus sordidus Burm. Orchelimum vulgare Harris. Diaphraomera femorata Say. Dissosteira Carolina Linn. Melanoplus differ entialis Uhl. Tettigidea parvipennis Morse. Xiphidium j asciatum DeG. Schistocerca americana Drury. Gryllus pennsylvanicus Burm. Nemobius fasciatus DeG. Ceuthophilus latens Wied. Oecanthus fasciatus Fitch. Blattidae sp. (Ischnoptera?) HEMIPTERA Zaitha fluminea Say. Ranatra fusca Beau. Gerris remigis Corixa sp. Anasa tristis Enchenopa binotata Say. Pulvinaria innumerabilis Rathv. Lygaeus turcicus Fab. Nezura hilaris Say. Cosmopela carnifex Fab. Ferellus claudus Say. Calocoris rapidus Say. Belostoma americanus BenaQUS griseus Say. Notonecta sp. Nepa sp. Cicada sp. Pemphigus imbricator Fitch. NEUROPTERA Chrysopa oculata Say. MECOPTERA Panorpa venosa (sp. ?). TRICHOPTERA Limnephilus rhombicus Linn. Platyphylax designatus Walker. Neuronia postica Walker. 176 Bulletin Wisconsin Natural History Society [Vol. 13, No. 3 TEPIDOPTERA Papilio glaucus turnus Linn. Pieris rapae Linn. Eurymus philodice Godart. Argynnis aphrodite Fab. Euphydryas phaeton Drury. Polygonia sp. Euvanessa antiopa Linn. Vanessa atalanta Linn. Vanessa him ter a Fabr. Basilarchia astyanax Fabricius. Anosia plexipus Linn. Cissia eurytus Fabr. Isia Isabella Abbot & Smith. Euprepia sp. Callosamia promethea Drury. Samia cecropia Linn. Telea polyphemus Cramer. Tropaea luna Linn. DIPTERA Culex canadensis Theib. Chironomus sp. Odontomyia virgo Wied. Odontomyia cincta Oliv. Allograpta obliqua Say. Sphaerophoria cylindrica Say. Xanthogramma jlavipes Loew. Bibio xanthopus Wied. Musca domestica Linn. Pseudopyrellia cornicina Fabr. Cynomyia cadaverina Desc. Anopheles punctipennis Say. Asilus notatus Wied. Dasyllis sp. Tabanus striatus O. S. Tabanus atratus Fab. COLEOPTERA Pterostichus lucublandus Say. Gyrinus analis Say. Calosoma scutator Fabr. Coccinella sanguinea Linn. Coccinella 9-notata Hbst. Hyperaspis signata Oliv. Hippodamia parenthesis Say. Megilla maculata DeG. Chilocorius bivulnerus Muls. Necrophorus tomentosus Weber. Alaus oculatus Linn. Dichelonycha elongata Fab. Chrysochus auratus Fab. Cincindela 6-guttata Fab. C adopter on reticulatus Fab. Adalia bipunctata Linn. Melanotus communis Gyl. Lachnosterna grandis Smith. Chelymorpha argus Licht. Physocneum brevilineum Say. Orthosoma brunneum Forst. Cyllene rubiniae Forst. Neoclytus erythrocephalus Fab. Desmocerus palliatus Forst. Gaurotes cyanipennis Say. Hyperaspis lateralis Muls. Chilocorus bivulverus Muls. Hippodamia 13-punctata Linn. Anisosticta strigata Thumb. Chrysomela elegans Oliv. Orsodachna atra Ahrens. Graphops pubescens Melsh. Haltica bimarginata Say. Aphodius firetarius Linn. Lina scripta Fab. Physnota unipunctata Say. Necrophorus tomentosus Web. Rhodobaenus 13-punctata III. Platynus cupripennis Say. Agonoderus pallipes Fab. Hydrophilus triangularis Say. Chelymorpha argus Licht. Eros aurora Hbst. Lycoperdina ferruginea Lee. Dytiscus sp. 1915] Cahn: Ecology of Wingra Springs Region 177 HYMENOPTERA Vespa maculata Linn. Ophion sp. Camponotus pennsylvanicus DeG. Bombus pennsylvanicus DeG. Apis nielli fica Linn. Microgaster sp. Pelecinus polyturator DeG. Polistes pallipes Lep. Pelopoeus cemelarius Drury Ammophila gryphus Smith. Sphex icnneumonia Linn. Chalybion caeruleum Linn. Holopyga vsntralis Dahb. Dolerus unicolor Beauv. Formica fusca Linn. Cirnbex americana Leach. PISCES Lepomis pallidus (Mitch.). Eupomotis gibbosus (Linn.). Ambloplites rupestris (Raf.). Umbra limi (Kirtland). Notropis heterodon (Cope). Notropis cayuga Meek. Fundulus diaphanus menona (J. & C.). Labidesthes sicculus Cope. Eucalia inconstans (Kirt.). Perea fiavescens (Mitchill). Boleosoma nigrum (Raf.). Micropterus salmoides (Lac.) Ameiurus nebulosus (LeS). Esox lucius Linn. Lepisosteus osseus (Linn.) Pomoxis sparoides (Lac). AMPHIBIA Rana pipiens Shreber. Rana palustris LeC. Rana clamitans Latr. Chorophilus nigritus (LeC.). Acris gryllus LeC. Hyla pickeringii Holb. Hyla versicolor LeConte. Bujo americanus LeConte. Necturus maculosus Raf. REPTILIA Chelidra serpentina (Linn). Natrix sipedon (Linn.) Chrysemys cinerea (Bonn.). Storeria dekayi (Holb.) Thamnophis radix (Baird & Girard). MAMMALIA Mephitis putida (Boit). Ondatra zibethica (Linn). Mustela vison (Sch). Mustela noveboracensis (Emmons). Blarina brevicauda (Say). Condylura cristata (Linn). Sciurus ludovicianus Custis. Tamias striatus lystera (Richard- son). Zoological Laboratory, University of Wisconsin, May 30, 1915. Marmotamonax (Linn). Peromyscus leucopus noveboracensis (Fisch). Epimys norvegicus (Exer). Microtus pennsylvanicus (Ord). Sylvilagus floridanus mearnsii (Allen). Citellus 13-lineatus (Mitch.). PRICE LIST OF PUBLICATIONS Orders and remittances should be addressed to the General Secretary, Public Museum, Milwaukee, Wis. Numbers not included in the following list are out of print and can no longer be obtained. Bericht des Naturhistorischen Vereins von Wisconsin, 1871, 1873, 1874, each $0.10 Jahresbericht des Naturhistorischen Vereins von Wisconsin 1876, 1876-77, 1877-78, 1879-80, 1880-81, each 10 Proceedings of the Natural History Society of Wisconsin, April 6, 1885, to December 7, 1885; January 11, 1886, to December 13, 1886; March 14, 1887, to December 19, 1887 ; January 23, 1888, to Decem- ber 17, 1888 each 15 Bulletin of the Wisconsin Natural History Society (New Series): Vol. ill, Triple Number, January, April and July, 1903 $1 .00 Vol. Ill, No. 4, November, 1905 60 Vol. IV, Nos. 1-2, April, 1906; No. 3, July, 1906; No. 4, October, 1906; Vol. V, No. 1, January, 1907; No. 2, April, 1907; No. 3, July, 1907; No. 4, December, 1907; each 60 Vol. VI, Nos. 1-2, April, 1908; Nos. 3-4, October, 1908; each.. .. 1.00 Vol. VII, Nos. 1-2, April, 1909; Nos. 3-4, October, 1909; each... 1.00 Vol. VIII, No. 1, January, 1910; No. 2, April, 1910; No. 3, July, 1910; No. 4, October, 1910; each 50 Vol. IX, Nos. 1-2, Nos. 3-4; each 1 .00 Vol. X, Nos. 1-2, Nos. 3-4; each 1.00 The following Occasional Papers published by the Society may be had for seventy-five cents apiece: Vol. 1, No. 3, “Sexual Selection in Spiders of the Family Attidae,” G. W. and E. G. Peckham, 1890. Vol. 2, No. 1, “Ant-like Spiders of the Family Attidae, ” G. W. and E. G. Peckham, 1892. Vol. 2, No. 2, “Spiders of the Marptusa Group of the Family Attidae, ” G. W. and E. G. Peckham, November, 1894. Vol. 2, No. 3, “Spiders of the Homalattus Group of the Family Attidae,” G. W. and E. G. Peckham, December, 1895. Vol. 3, “Spiders of the Family Attidae from Central America and Mexi- co,” G. W. and E. G. Peckham, April, 1896. The Wisconsin Archeologist, Vol. I, No. 1, October, 1901 ; Vol. I, No. 2, January, 1902; Vol. I, No. 3, April, 1902; Vol. I, No. 4, July, 1902; Vol. II, No. 1, October, 1902, each SO. 25 This publication is now issued by the Wisconsin Archeological Society of Milwaukee, from whom the later volumes may be obtained. CONTENTS An Ecological Survey of the Wingra Springs Region, near Madison, Wisconsin, with Special Reference to its Ornithology .... Alvin Robert Cahn Actual date of issue October 26, 1915. No. 2, Vol. XIII, was issued June 1, 1915. GEOLOGIA VOLUME XIII (New Series) Ity, ^ Zt DECEMBER, 1915 NUMBER 4 tural History Society PUBLISHED WITH THE COOPERATION OF THE Public Museum of the City of Milwaukee EDITOR: RICHARD A. MUTTKOWSKI ASSOCIATE EDITORS: P. H. DERNEIIL HOWLAND RUSSEL EDGAR E. TELLER BULLETIN OF THE WISCONSIN NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY Vol. 13 DECEMBER, 1915 No. 4 PROCEEDINGS December 10, 1914. Meeting called to order by President Barth. Minutes of previous meeting read and approved. Mr. Clarence J. Allen presented the resolution: Resolved that the title of the Game Protection Committee be changed to Committee on Wild Life Protection and that the number of members be increased from three (3) to five (5). Resolution adopted. President Barth appointed Messrs. Ford, C. Ellis, Adolph Bier* sach, Howland Russel as additional members of the Committee on Wild Life Protection. Mr. Clarence J. Allen nominated Mr. and Mrs. Mathews C. Moor, Mr. Carl B. Rix and Mr. Samuel J. Pierce for membership. The nominations were accepted and referred to the Board of Directors for election. Mr. H. L. Ward gave a very interesting discussion on pseudo vs. true con- servation. He developed the important principle that some organic forms must, in the very nature of things, become extinct. He called attention to the lesson from palaeontology. He gave as illus- trations the Buffalo and the Passenger Pigeon. Their destruction has been from natural causes rather than by the cruelty of man. Their environ- mental conditions have changed, they were unable to adapt themselves to the changed environment, hence their extinction. To attempt to preserve such forms is pseudo-conservation. Mr. Biersach gave an account of his observation of the destruction of bird life in Waukesha and Milwaukee counties. On twenty-seven trips made this and last year a total of 224 birds were found dead or maimed from glunshot wounds or in the possession of the offenders. Mr. Clarence J. Allen gave a valuable summary of the work being done for bird pre- serves and refuges. In the discussion that followed Mr. H. Russel made an earnest plea for the protection of our wild flowers. Dr. Washburn gave a helpful talk on the use of the camera in nature study. He recommends a camera with long bellows. President Barth being called away, Vice-President H. L. Ward, was called to the chair. Dr. Brinckley presented and described a specimen of Tuckahoe, a spe- cies of underground fungi; the great mass of the plant being due to the 179 ISO Bulletin Wisconsin Natural History Society [Vol. 13, No. 4 transformed substance of its host. Tuckahoe was formerly generic, mean- ing an underground bulbous tuber, but at present it is specific always re- ferring to the plant known as Pachymacocos, (Indian Bread). On motion the society adjourned. January 14, 1915. Dr. Barth presiding. Minutes of previous meeting read and approved. Mr. H. Russel gave an account of the work being done by the committee on wild life protection, describing the bills to be presented at the present session of the State Legislature. The special points covered by these bills are (1) No licenses to any unnaturalized person, (2) method for raising funds to carry on the work of wild life protection, (3) better service of the game warden, (4) local option on the protection of a particular section. The name of William Stark Smith was proposed for membership by Mr. Clarence Allen. The nomination was referred to the board of directors. Dr. S. Graenicher gave a discussion : The Influence of the Color and Odor of Flowers on Insect Visitors. He gave a brief discussion of the more important experiments by various entomologists and their results, up to date: Muller’s experiments with bees, moths and butterflies by which he concludes : that color is the influencing agent in flower visitation. Plateau thinks color is of little significance; according to his observations odor is the principal influence. Insects have little color sense. Peckham by his work finds that food is the chief factor. Dr. Graenicher gave a very interesting and detailed account of his own experiments, in which he finds abundance of evidence in favor of the conclusion that it is not color, nor odor, but the food quality of the food furnished by the flowers; and that the return to a particular plant was determined by memory of the kind of food and of its place, made known by an extended environmental exami- nation. In the discussion which followed Mr. Russel gave an interesting obser- vation in regard to environmental observation by insects. Dr. Peaslee followed, presenting a number of beautiful colored slides of wild flow’ers. On motion the society adjourned. January 28, 1915. Meeting called to order by President Barth. Minutes of previous meeting read and approved. Mr. Howland Russel called attention of the society to the importance of their endorsement of the bills proposed by the Committee on Wild Life Protection. On motion by Mr. Monroe the endorsement was put in the form of a resolution and passed by vote of the society. As a result of the discussion of the printing of the Constitution and By- laws, Mr. Monroe moved that a committee of three, consisting of the sec- retary, president, and one member to be appointed, to investigate ques- tion of the constitution of the society, suggesting any needed revisions. 1915] Proceedings 181 Mr. Russel was appointed by President Barth as the other member of this committee. The lecture for the evening was given by Prof. R. H. Denniston of the University of Wisconsin, on the subject “Our Native Trees. ” Under each form he gave the more interesting and characteristic fea- tures. He called attention to the scarcity of the Chestnut Oak and the finding of this species at Bridgeport, Wis. Hill’s Oak, a member of the Black Oak Group, is a new form. The Sassafras was given as one of the most important of the recent finds. It was found at Bridgeport. During the discussion that followed the lecture it was developed that very little is being done to conserve the broad-leaved trees. The lecture was profusely illustrated by stereopticon slides loaned by the courtesy of the Education Department of the Public Museum. The question of intergradation as a cause of the diversity in the form of the leaves on the same tree was called up by Mr. H. Russel. A vote of thanks was tendered to Professor Denniston for his interesting and instructive lecture. On motion the meeting adjourned. February 11, 1915. Meeting called to order by President Barth. Minutes of previous meeting read, and after correction suggested by Mr. H. L. Ward were approved. Program of the evening opened by Mr. Monroe who gave a very interest- ing and instructive talk on Asters as Illustrating the Subject of Species. The facts presented to illustrate the theory that species are not con- stant but are susceptible to change, also that there are now species in proc- ess of formation which in time may become fixed as species as has occurred in the past. Mr. Heddle followed with an extended discussion of the Flora of Miller, Ind., Dune Regions. Mr. Heddle developed many interesting questions in relation to xerophytic conditions and sand dunes. After an interesting discussion, the meeting adjourned. February 25, 1915. Minutes of previous meeting read and approved. The chief feature of the meeting was the lecture by Mr. E. M. Griffith, the State Forester, on “Foresty in Wisconsin.” In the introduction Mr. Griffith gave a general review of the history of Forestry. In the main discussion the more important thoughts developed were: (1) Our forest should be preserved; the protection of headwaters of our principal streams — -ensuring a uniform rainfall and constancy of flow of water. (2) Protection of wood industries. (3) Preserving forest lands for summer resorts. (A) Ensuring a more constant water power, increas- ing industries resulting from use of such power. A number of very interesting topics were brought out in the discussion. On motion the meeting adjourned. 182 Bulletin Wisconsin Natural History Society [Vol. 13, No. 4 March 25, 1915. Meeting called to order by President Barth. Minutes of previous meeting read and approved. The principal feature of the evening’s program was the lecture by Pro- fessor Pearse of the University of Wisconsin on “Success from a Biologist’s Point of View.” He developed the thought that success consists in the adaptation to the ever changing conditions, and therefore that those forms succeeded best which are plastic and not too specialized. Professor Pearse was tendered a vote of thanks for his interesting and instructive lecture. On motion the meeting adjourned. March 11, 1915. Meeting opened by reading minutes of previous meeting which, after correction made by Mr. H. Russel, were approved. Program for the evening was rendered as given in announcement. President Barth’s discussion was replete with new and interesting things, among which might be mentioned : 1. That the digger wasps do not build a regular form of nest, but still a characteristic one. 2. That the sting of the wasps varies in the same species. 3. In some species there is often a great difference in the size of the nest, in one species being from 7 cm. to 43 cm. Mr. Lotz’s description of his visit to the Pueblo of Acoma was very in- teresting. The pictures and models presented by him were very instruc- tive. “The North American Indians” by Mr. Brah was full of good things. His treatment while terse, time considered, was comprehensive. The talk was profusely illustrated by slides giving environment, cus- toms and life of the Indians. On motion the meeting adjourned. April 8, 1915. Minutes of previous meeting read and approved. Mr. George West gave a very valuable discussion of the “The Mound at Aztalan and its Relation to the Indians.” He gave reason for placing the advent of man in Wisconsin in the period between the two glacial epochs. He considers the mound at Aztalan as built by the Indians and probably ceremonial in its function. Mr. West thinks that none of the mounds of Wisconsin are over 800 years old. Mr. Werner gave a very practical discussion on the question “Is the Study of Zoology Worth While?” In his talk he clearly and forcefully set forth the value of this study for mental discipline, direct practical results and as a source of pleasure. Mr. Pope illustrated his subject “Some Practical Application of Zool- ogy/’ by its application to the oyster culture. He gave the “Drill” as the 1915] Proceedings 183 worst enemy of the oyster and also one of most difficult to control as it has not a natural enemy. The talk was illustrated by photographs, specimens, and lantern slides. On motion the meeting adjourned. April 29, 1915. The Annual meeting. Minutes of previous meeting read and approved. The report from the general officers and committee was called for by the president. The report of the secretary and treasurer accepted and ordered placed on file. Messrs. Ward and Vogel were appointed to audit the treasurer’s books, and by special action of the society to make their report at the next meeting. Dr. Graenicher, chairman of the Program Committee for the regular meeting, stated that there had been three regular meetings held, at each of which there had been a lecture, and that a lecture had been provided for the meeting to be held May 27, 1915. The chairmen of the Program Committee for the combined section being absent, no report was made. Mr. Finger, chairman of the Botany Committee, being absent, Dr. Grae- nicher made the report for that committee. He stated that there would be field work this season under the auspices of the Public Museum. He said that he thought the committee would be able to complete its work on the flora of Wisconsin in the course of two or three years. On motion by Mr. H. L. Ward the report was accepted and the committee continued. Miss Elmer, chairman of the Membership Committee, reported two res- ignations, four deceased, and eight new members. On motion report accepted. It was moved by Mr. Teller that nomina- tion for general officers be closed and that the secretary cast the ballot for the present staff of officers. Motion carried. The followng officers were thus duly elected: President, Dr. George P. Barth. Vice-President, Mr. Henry L. Ward. Secretary, Dr. W. J. Brinckley. Treasurer, Mr. John Heddle. Advisory Member of Board, Mr. Edgar E. Teller. In the report of the Committee on Revision of the Constitution and By- Laws, the proposed changes were read and by vote of society action on the same was to be deferred until next regular meeting. Mr. F. W. Werner was appointed, by the president, associate editor in Biology to take the place made vacant by the death of Professor Mitchell. Messrs. Russel and Teller were appointed to prepare an obituary for Mr. Catlin. 1S4 Bulletin Wisconsin Natural History Society [Yol. 13, No. 4 May 13, 1915. Sectional Meeting. Vice-President Henry L. Ward presiding. By common consent reading of minutes of previous meeting deferred; but few being present, after a short session the society adjourned. Milwaukee, Wis., March 17, 1916. To the Editor: My dear Mr. Muttkowski : I am enclosing copies of the minutes of December 10, 1914, to May 13, 1915. I will send lacking copies in a short time. Please give the proof a very careful reading. Yours very truly, W. J. Brinckley, Secretary. The prolonged illness and subsequent death of the secretary, Dr. W. J. Brinckley, prevented the completion of the minutes of the meetings held after May 13, 1915. Milwaukee, Jan. 27, 1920. Sometime in 1915 interest in the meetings of the society had so subsided that not more than three or four members attended; further efforts ceased and the society thenceforth became inac- tive. The editor had left the state. In the fall of 1919 it was discovered that the two articles by Miss Andrews had been issued as preprints under date of April 27, 1916, and that the type for these was still standing as was also the type for the proceedings and for the list of members. It has been decided to issue them in regular form, thereby com- pleting the volume and closing, for the time being, the activi- ties of the society. H. L. W. WISCONSIN NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY List of Active Members, April, 1916 Adler, Samuel D 173 Prospect Ave. Allen, Clarence J P. O. Box 738. Allen, Miss Mary 0 702^ Marshall St. Allis, Wm. W 526 Marshall St. Altschwager, Hugo 118 Harmon St. Anderson, Mrs. Adela M 225 34th St. Baerwald, Charles H.. Barr, Rev. Thomas E. . . Barrett, Dr. S. A Barth, Dr. Geo. P Batchelor, Dr. J. S Batchelor, Dr. Wm. A. Bergmann, Arthur E. . . Biersach, Adolph Blatz, Val Bossert, G. Fred Bossert, O. H Brah, Bernard H Brinckley, Dr. W. J Brown, Dr. G. V. 1 Buenger, Harry F Bunde, Louis W Burgess, Dr. Arthur J. Burroughs, George 1321 Cedar St. 396 Beulah Ave. Public Museum. 302 21st St. Masonic Bldg. 1109 Kinnikinnic Ave. 3123 Cedar St. 1156 3rd St. . . . .236 Prospect Ave. 719 Franklin PI. 719 Franklin PI. Public Museum. Public Museum. . . . .349 Prospect Ave. Public Museum. Mack Bldg. 175 15th St. . . . .463 Van Buren St. Christensen, N. A — Coleman, Edgar W. . . Copeland, Dr. Ernst Crosby, 1. R . . . .499 Terrace Ave. Herold Bldg. 300 Goldsmith Bldg. 186 24th St. Dernehl, Dr. P. H 984 1st St. Elser, Albert C 436 East Water St. Emmerling, Frederick H 631-632 Wells Bldg. Ellis, Fred. D 711 Pabst Bldg. Falk, Clarence R. Ferry, George B.. 185 . . .419 Terrace Ave. 942 Cambridge Ave. 1S6 Bulletin Wisconsin Natural History Society [Vol. 13, No. 4 Finger, William 177 34th St. Finkler, Adolph 612 Commerce St. Frank, Dr. Louis F 2300 Grand Ave. Fuller, Dr. E. B 422 Camp Bldg. Fox, Dr. George William 320 Farwell Ave. Franke, H. F 250 7th St. Gallun, Arthur Gardner, Miss Emma Goldschmidt, W. N... Graenicher, Dr. S. . . 1000 North Water St. 676 Wilson St. 217 Stephenson Bldg. Public Museum. Habhegger, O. J Haessler, Herman F. . . Hammersmith, Paul — Harmon, Miss Lucie. . . Harnischfeger, Henry Heddle, John R Hinrichs, William Houghton, Richard W. Hulst, Nelson P Hyzer, Edward M 762 Jackson St. 719 Stowell Ave. 116 Michigan St. 172 21st St. 3416 Grand Ave. Public Museum. 605 Colby Abbot Bldg. Nashotah, Wis. 300 Knapp St. 531 Marshall St. Inbush, J. W 174 Martin St. Jenkins, James G 284 Knapp St. Katz, Miss Rosa J 512 Park PI. Kaumheimer, Dr. Gust. J 801 3rd St. (Room 208) Kieckhoefer, F. A. W Koeffler, Charles A., Jr 909 Pabst Bldg. Koss, Rudolph M 87 West Water St. Lando, Julius Lindemann, August S. Lotz, Louis Luedke, H. August Lunney, Miss Mary C 419 East Water St. 236 25th St. 615 Galena St. 283 11th St. 930 Cedar St. MacLaren, William Mann, Charles L Mayer, George P McGovern, Dr. J. J McGovern, Dr. P. H Meinecke, Ferd Miller, Benjamin K., Jr, Miller, George P . .c/o Gimbel Bros. . . . 124 Farwell Ave. . . .3015 Grand Ave. . . . .2119 Prairie St. 1201 Majestic Bldg. , .623 Milwaukee St. . . 102 Wisconsin St. . . .316 Juneau Ave. 1915] List of Members 187 Metschl, John Monroe, Charles E... Moore, Mrs. Mathew, Moore, Mathew Public Museum 800 Pabst Bldg. 309 Montgomery Bldg. 309 Montgomery Bldg. Ogden, Dr. H. V, 518 Goldsmith Bldg. Pabst, Gustave 917 Chestnut St. Peaslee, Dr. Leon D Public Museum. Pierce, Frederick L 176 Farwell Ave. Plankinton, William W 135 Grand Ave. Pope, T. E. B Public Museum. Pratt, J. M. W 313 Summit Ave. Reuss, Gustave Richter, Dr. Rudolph G, Russel, Howland Rix, Carl B 272 Kewaunee St. .489 Terrace Ave. . . . .106 Mason St. . . .833 Wells Bldg. Schneider, Dr. Joseph 311 Knapp St. Senn, Alfred 1435 7th St. Sieker, Miss Lillian 860 Downer Ave. Skinner, J. W 34 New Insurance Bldg. Steinmeyer, Mrs. Mary 501 La Fayette PI. Stern, Walter 525 Astor St. Stickney, Gardner P 864 Summit Ave. Stresau, F 295 9th St. Smith, William Stark 480 Clinton St. Thal, Carl Public Museum. Thwarts, William Geo 405 Iron Block. Titsworth, Rev. Judson National Home D. V. S. Tobin, Frank Public Museum. Tracy, Henry C., Marquette Univ. Med. School, cor. 4th and Reservoir Ave. Trostel, Gustav J. A 555 Terrace Ave. Tweedy, John H 508 Marshall St. Uihlein, Josefh E 930 Lake Drive. Vogel, Fred., Jr 583 Cass St. Vogel, William H 213 14th St. Vogt, Mrs. Robert 609 47th St. Ward, Henry L Washburn, Dr. R. G, Werner, Fred. W. . . . . Public Museum 1240 Wells Bldg. 991 16th St. 18S Bulletin Wisconsin Natural History Society [Vol. 13, No. 4 West, George A 1404 First National Bank Bldg. Whitnall, Charlie B 26 N. Locust St. Winkler, Gen. Fred. C 131 11th St. Yunker, Charles H 2520 Cedar St. Corresponding Members Brues, Charles T Busey Institution, Forest Hills, Boston, Mass. Burril, Alfred C Dept. Zool., Univ. of Idaho, Moscow, Id. Cahn, Alvin R Biol. Bldg. Univ. of Wis., Madison. Clark, W. P Milton. Wis. Cleasby, Ethan A 120 E. Howard St., Portage, Wis. Davis, Dr. John J Biol. Bldg. Univ. of Wis., Madison. Edwards, Rev. Frederick, Grace Episcopal Church, Broadway, New York, N. Y. Cross, John G 307 West Walnut St., Green Bay, Wis. Houghton, Richard W Nashotah, Wis. Hollister, N U. S. Nat. Museum, Washington, D. C. Hood, Joseph D Biol. Survey, Dept, of Agr., Wash., D. C. Jackson, H. H. T Biol. Survey, Dept, of Agr., Wash., D. C. Jones, Miss Clara C West Bend, Wis. Kraatz, Walter Charles Biology Bldg., U. of Wis., Madison, Wis. Marshall, Dr. WilliamS Biol. Bldg. Univ. of Wis., Madison. McDermond, Charles 803 James St., Green Bay, Wis. Mellish, John E Cottage Grove, Wis. Meyer, Dr. Geo. W. C Oconomowoc, Wis. Meyers, John 501 Mather St., Green Bay, Wis. Muttkowski, Dr. Richard A. . . Biol. Bldg. Univ. of Mo., Columbia, Mo. Nagler, Mrs. L. B 151 W. Wilson St., Madison, Wis. Oberholser, H. C Biol. Survey, Dept, of Agr., Wash., D. C. Pearse, Dr. Arthur S Biol. Bldg. Univ. of Wis., Madison. Russell, Albert G Wabeno, Forest Co., Wis. Schmidt, Dr. Ernest S P. O. Box 354, Green Bay, Wis. Schoenebeck, August J Oconto Falls, Wis. Schoenebeck, Carl Lena, Wis. Smith, Cornell R 104 Decatur St., Brooklyn, N. Y. Skavlem, Henry L 157 Prospect Ave., Janesville, Wis. Stoddard, Herbert L Field Mus. of Nat. Hist., Chicago. Teller, E. E 305 Ellicot Square, Buffalo, N. Y. Haessler, Herbert F 1529 Broadway, Baltimore, Md. c/o Johns Hopkins University. Junior Members Conklin, Leon H 562 Logan Ave. Schiller, Herbert L 711 Bartlett Ave. Throne, Alvin L R. R. 2, Sta. D, Box 19c, Milwaukee THE ABILITY OF TURTLES TO DISCRIMINATE BETWEEN SOUNDS By Olive Andrews Though various investigators have tested the ability of turtles to discriminate visually, and have tried to discover how far they are able to establish associations as a result of visual stimuli, no one has shown that these, or any other, reptiles are even able to hear sounds. It therefore seemed desirable to try to determine if turtles were able to recognize specific sounds, and to form asso- ciations with them. The experiments described were carried on at Oshkosh, Wiscon- sin. Five native turtles of the genus Chrysemys 1 were used. These were kept together in a wooden box four feet long, two feet wide, and two feet high (fig. I). The box was kept outdoors where the turtles could get plenty of fresh air and sunlight. The bottom was covered with fine gravel, and a large shallow pan filled with water was placed at one side. The turtles were put in the box on July 2, 1915, but over two weeks elapsed before any of them became tame enough to take food, which consisted of small pieces of earthworms, from the forceps at the end of the feeding stick (fig. I). As soon as the turtles became tame they were persuaded to climb up out of the water onto a board and to take their food while a bell was ringing, in order that they might learn to associate the sound of the bell with the procuring of food. On July 29, a zinc plate was placed on the board (fig. I) and the sound experiments were begun on turtles No. I and No. II (fig. II). On August 8, 10, and 15, tur- tles Nos. IV, III, and V, respectively, began to feed from the zinc plate. Daily tests were made until September 5. After that date the turtles became irregular in their eating, probably on account of the colder weather. 1 Thanks are due to Dr. A. G. Ruthven of the Museum of Zoology, University of Michi- gan, for identification. 189 190 Bulletin Wisconsin Natural History Society [Vol. 13, No. 4 Fig. 1. Showing the Box in Which the Turtles were Kept, and in Which the Experiments Were Performed. One Turtle is on the Zinc Plate in the Center Waiting to be Fed. The Feeding Stick is Shown at the Right. The Coil on the Right Side was Only Put in the Box so That it Might Appear in the Picture, and Was Usually Kept Outside. 3. 2. 4 ». Fig. 2. The Turtles, Chrysemys bellii, and C. cinera , Used for the Experiments. No. I, C. bellii , had a Shell If in., No. II, C. bellii, 2f in., No. Ill, C. cinera, 6f in.; No. IV, C. cinera, 2 in.; No. V, C. cinera , IN. 1915] Andrews: Turtles Discriminate Between Sounds 191 TABLE I Showing the behavior of turtles from July 29 to September 6, 1915, +- indi- cates that food was taken , — that it was refused. A shock was received when- ever food was taken while the whistle was blowing. Blank spaces after August 15, indicate that the turtles were not fed. DATE TURTLE NO. I NO. II NO. Ill NO. IV NO . V Bell Whistle Bell Whistle Bell Whistle Bell Whistle Bell Whistle July 29... +2 +2 +2 +2 July 30... +2 +2 +2 +2 July 31... +2 +2 +1, -1 +1, -1 Aug. 1.. +2 +2 +2 +2 Aug. 2.. +2 +2 +2 +2 Aug. 3.. +2 +2 +2 +2 Aug. 4 +2 +2 +2 +2 Aug. 5.. +2 +2 +2, -2 +2, -2 I Aug. 6.. +4 +4 +5, -1 +4, -2 | Aug. 7.. +6 +6 +5, -1 +5, -1 Aug. 8.. +6 +6 +6 +4, -2 +3 +3 Aug. 9.. +6 +6 +6 +4, -2 +3 +3 Aug. 10. . +6 +6 1 + +6 +2 +2 +6 +6 Aug. 11. . +6 +6 +6 +5, -1 +2 +2 +6 +6 Aug. 12.. +6 +6 +6 +5, -1 +2 +2 +5, -1 +5, — 1 Aug. 13. . +6 +6 +6 +2, -4 +3 +2,-1 +6 +6 Aug. 14. . +6 +6 +6 +2, -4 +3 +2, -1 +6 +6 Aug. 15. . +6 +6 +6 +1,-5 +3 +3 +3, -3 + 1 +4, -2 +4,-2 Aug. 16. . +6 +4,-2 +6 +2, -4 +2, -1 +2,-1 +6 +5, -1 Aug. 17. . +6 +4, -2 +4, -2 +2, -4 +3 -3 +6 +6 +5, -1 +6 Aug. 18.. +6 +3, -3 +4, -2 +1, -5 +3 -3 +2, -4 -6 Aug. 19. . +6 +2, -4 +5, -1 +1, -5 +5, -1 +2, -4 +2, -4 +1, -5 +3 -3 Aug. 20.. +6 +1, -5 +5, -1 +1, -5 +4, -2 +4, -2 +1, -5 +1, -5 Aug. 21.. +6 +1, -5 +4, -2 +4, -2 +4, -2 +1, -5 +3 +1, -2 Aug. 22. . +3 -3 +6 +1, -5 +5,-1 +1, -5 Aug. 23. . +3 +1, -2 +6 +1, -5 Aug. 24. . Aug. 25.. +3 +1, -2 +5, -1 +4, -2 +4, -2 +4,-2 Aug. 26. . +2 +1, -1 +6 +3, -3 +4, -2 +4, -2 +6 +4, -2 Aug. 27.. +4, -2 +3, -3 +5, -1 +2, -4 +2, -4 +5, -1 +6 +3, -3 Aug. 28. . +6 +2, -4 +6 +2, -4 +3,-3 +5, -1 Aug. 29.. +6 +4, -2 +6 -6 +2, -4 +6 +5,-1 Aug. 30. . +5, -1 +1, -5 +5, -1 -6 +6 +1, -5 +6 +4, -2 Aug. 31. . +5, -1 +1, -5 +6 -6 +6 +1, -5 +6 +1, -5 Sept. 1.. +6 -6 +6 +2, -4 +6 +2, -4 +5, -1 +1, -5 Sept. 2.. +6 + 1 +6 -6 Sept. 3.. Sept. 4.. Sept. 5.. +5,-1 +2, -4 +6 +1, -5 Sept. 6.. +6 +1, -5 +6 +5,-1 +6 +1, —5 Sept. 21.. +6 +6 After the sound experiments were begun the turtles were never fed except on the zinc plate. This was connected so that it might form one electrode of an electric circuit. When the current was 192 Bulletin Wisconsin Natural History Society [Vol. 13, No. 4 turned on a turtle on the plate would complete the circuit and would receive a shock when he touched the forceps at the end of the feeding stick. The current came from an induction coil con- nected with a dry cell. The coil made a faint buzzing sound and vibrated slightly. It therefore was removed from the table on which the box containing the turtles was placed, to a small stool which did not touch the table so that the turtles would be unable to feel this vibration and so associate it in any way with their feeding. The problem set for the turtles was to distinguish between a whistle and a bell. Both these instruments were sounded be- neath the table in such a way that there was no direct mechanical stimulation connected with their use. When the whistle was sounded the electric circuit was on, and any turtle attempting to feed received a shock. When the bell was ringing food was of- fered without danger of receiving the electric current. At first the trials were made alternately, but afterwards two, or three bell trials might be followed by one or more whistle trials or vice- versa in order that the animal might not react to mere rhythm of sounds. In each trial, care was taken not to give by move- ments of the hand, or in any other manner, any cue to the proper response. The severity of the shock used was varied considerably for different individual turtles. For the large turtle, No. Ill, a very slight shock was effective, while for the smallest turtle, No. I, a shock of much greater intensity was necessary. All the turtles learned their lesson. Their attempts to take food when the whistle was blowing became fewer and fewer, and increased in number when the bell rang, as the appended tables show. All were voracious feeders and extremely eager for their daily ration. They were very active and when tamed would swim quickly to the place of feeding whenever anyone approached. Often two or three would be sitting on the zinc plate in readiness to be fed before I had put my apparatus together. Several times I would start the trials with the whistle, and all would scramble off, to come back again when I rang the bell. Turtle No. I, how- ever, was often so eager for food that he would not listen to the bell and therefore would get a shock to remind him to be more careful next time. When a turtle grabbed the meat, he turned around and scrambled 1915] Andrews: Turtles Discriminate Between Sounds 193 head-first into the water. Here he might stop to eat, or carry it about the box for some time. Certain turtles after each shock would jump back quickly and scurry away, but were apparently eager to try the experiment again. Others would come back slowly and grab at the meat two or three times before getting up enough courage to pull it off the forceps. No. Ill was generally very unwilling to try again and had to be coaxed by having the food dangled in front of him before he would make another at- tempt. The turtles showed individual differences, not only in the time required for their taming, the learning of their “lessons,” and in their reactions to the shock, but also in the manner they used in getting their food. No. V always extended his front feet forward and touched the food with them before attempting to snatch it in his mouth. This made it difficult to teach him as he would feel the shock and turn away, so the forceps had to be held above his reach, otherwise he would have been trained much sooner. But even to the last he would always try to touch the food first. He became very tame, and seemed to enjoy being held in one’s hand. No. I soon discovered that if he was very careful he could get the worm without touching the forceps. I had to put on a very small piece or he would always do this. He did not seem to mind the electricity as much as the others, and always seemed willing to take a chance on being able to get the food without much of a shock. His record is the poorest of all. No. Ill generally had to be removed while the smaller turtles were being fed as they were afraid of him. He would snap at them whenever they came too near to him on their way to the zinc plate, and would snatch the food from their mouths when they jumped back in the water. The smaller turtles all acted as if they were afraid of the turtles larger than themselves. Some of the turtles did not learn as rapidly as the others, and some never did as well. The youngest turtle No. I (fig. I) showed no sign of learning until the nineteenth day of the experiments. No. II showed signs of learning on the third day, and after the seventh day steadily improved. He only made two perfect rec- ords in all, but often made only one mistake, and this generally on the first trial with the whistle. No. Ill showed signs of learn- ing on the fourth day and made four perfect records. His record 194 Bulletin Wisconsin Natural History Society [Vol. 13, No. 4 is the best of all five turtles as his per cent of error for the entire period is only 31%. No. IV made one perfect record, and No. V made none. No. V seemed to be able to distinguish the sounds but became badly mixed in the last two or three trials and unable to remember, though during the last week of the experiments he did as well as the others. The percentages of error of the turtles are as follows: Peb Cent Turtle No. I July 29 to Aug. 11 50 Turtle No. I Aug. 11 to Aug. 27 33 Turtle No. II July 29 to Aug. 11 521 Turtle No. II Aug. 11 to Aug. 25 23 Turtle No. II Aug. 25 to Sept. 6 21 Turtle No. Ill Aug. 10 to Aug. 23 33c Turtle No. Ill Aug. 23 to Sept. 6 281 Turtle No. IV Aug. 8 to Aug. 21 45 Turtle No. IV Aug. 21 to Sept. 6 26 Turtle No. V Aug. 15 to Aug. 28 42 Turtle No. V Aug. 28 to Sept. 6 27 From the observations made during the experiments I believe that the mind of the turtle is erratic. One day of almost com- plete success will be followed by one of almost total failure. I do not think this is due to inability to discriminate between the two sounds, but to the inability of the turtle to fix his attention on more than one thing at a time. When he sees the food, his mind is fixed on how to get possession of that food, regardless of all else. The greatest difficulty in this experiment was to train the turtle to focus his attention on the sound of the bell or whistle, as well as on the food. Even after the third week of the experi- ments he wrould pay no attention to the sounds until he had been shocked at least once. Toward the end of the experiments three days, September 2 to 5, were allowed to elapse during which the turtles were not fed. All five did as well, or nearly so, afterwards as they had done the week before; thus showing that they could remember for this period of time. Later two weeks were allowed to elapse. All five seemed to have forgotten the significance of the sounds completely. No. Ill remembered to come up on the zinc plate to be fed, but paid no attention to the sound of the whistle or the bell. This, however, may have been due in a large degree to the fact that the 1915] Andrews: Turtles Discriminate Between Sounds 195 weather had become very chilly, and the turtles were disinclined to eat. From these experiments it seems safe to infer that the turtles of the two species tested are able to discriminate between certain sounds. The individuals used all reacted in a different manner to the bell, which indicated that they might obtain food, than they did to the whistle which meant punishment. Moreover, several incidents in the course of the experiments, such as getting up on the zinc plate and then getting down at once when the whistle sounded strengthen this conclusion. BIBLIOGRAPHY Casteel, D. B. 1911 The Discriminative Ability of the Painted Turtle. J. Animal Behav., vol. 1, pp. 1-28. Zoological Laboratory, University of Wisconsin. Nov. 8, 1915. AN ECOLOGICAL SURVEY OF LAKE BUTTE DES MORTS BOG, OSHKOSH, WISCONSIN By Olive V. Andrews Introduction 196 Physiographic Features of Lake Region 197 Description of Bog 198 Annotated List of Animal Species on Area Studied 200 Everyday Life on the Bog 204 Animal Life on a Small Section of the Bog 205 Summary 211 Bibliography 211 INTRODUCTION In this investigation the attempt has been to study ecological conditions on a small area of boggy, or swampy, land ; particular reference being given to the animals. Lake Butte des Morts was chosen as typical, mainly on ac- count of the large size of the bog along its shores, and on account of its accessibility to the city of Oshkosh. The bog selected for this work is on the southwestern side of the lake, and is smaller than the one on the east — the latter being chiefly “floating bog.” The data for the paper were gathered during the months of July and August, 1914, though the author had previously been familiar with this area, and had a general knowledge of its flora and fauna. Careful notes were taken concerning the location of the animals, their habitat preferences, periods of activity, tem- peratures of water and air, direction of wind, and other points of interest. The survey was wholly macroscopic and no attempt was made to collect protozoans, or other minute organisms. The chief tools employed were pencil, note book, camera, insect nets, spade, collecting jars, and a thermometer. Specimens were pre- served for future identification in alcohol or formalin. Detailed observations were made at one station only. Thanks are due to the following persons who were kind enough 196 19151 Andrews: Survey of Lake Butte Des Morts Bog 197 to identify specimens: Dr. F. C. Baker, Mollusca; Dr. S. Grae- nicher, Diptera; R. A. Muttkowski, Odonata; Dr. Denniston, Equisetales and Sagittaria. PHYSIOGRAPHIC FEATURES OF LAKE REGION Lake Butte des Morts is in Winnebago County in the southeastern part of Wisconsin. It is some five miles in length, and about three in breadth. There has never been an accurate hydrographic survey of the lake, but it is probable that its depth nowhere ex- ceeds twelve feet. It is evident to even a superficial observer that the entire lake is rapidly being transferred into a huge marsh as the bog now covers over three-fourths of the old area of the lake. The climate of this region is characterized by cold winters and hot summers. The daily range of temperatures is greatest dur- ing the summer months when the nights are nearly always cool, and when mid-day may bring a torrid heat, a temperature of more than 100 degrees Fahrenheit having been recorded. Exact figures for the annual precipitation are not available, but it is approximately 10.2 inches. The precipitation for any one of the summer months — June, July, or August — usually equals or ex- ceeds that during the entire winter. Tables I and II show the mean annual temperatures in degrees Fahrenheit, and the mean precipitation, as computed for Fond du Lac, Wisconsin, which is about twenty miles southeast of Butte des Morts. TABLE I Showing mean annual temperatures Mean temperature 68 Mean maximum 80 Mean minimum 56 TABLE II Showing mean temperature by seasons, and mean precipitation SEASON TEMPERATURE PRECIPITATION March 1 to June 1 4 inches 9 June 1 to September 1 70 12.4 September 1 to December 1 50 8.1 December 1 to March 1 20 5 19S Bulletin Wisconsin Natural History Society [Yol. 13, No. 4 The small lakes have little effect on the climate as they are soon warmed in summer, and rapidly frozen over in winter. Lake Butte des Morts is formed by an expansion of the Fox and Wolf Rivers which meet and overflow the land, thus forming a large marshy lake. Further up in the courses of these rivers other similar expansions are formed, so that there is a continuous line of shallow lakes with low, swampy shores extending from Lake Puckaway at the extreme north to Lake Winnebago at the south — a distance of about twenty-five miles. DESCRIPTION OF BOG The bog studied lies on the southwestern side of the lake (fig. 1). It is about three and a half miles long and about a mile in width, and covers an area of about one thousand acres, as the map shows. Its long axis lies northwest to southeast. The shore is met by a very gradual slope with an inclination in most places of from three to four degrees. Careful observations were taken on a small plot about four feet square (fig. 2). This section of bog was situated back of a marsh}' area, and was not covered by water. It was, however, 1915] Andrews: Survey of Lake Butte Des Morts Bog 199 so wet that planks had to be laid down to keep one from slipping knee deep into the mud. Water oozed up over the planks when- ever pressure was applied. A coarse marsh grass covered the area. Three feet further out the ground was entirely covered by water. Inland the land was hummocky. Most of the time — especially in August — the whole marsh was completely covered by a thick mat of green algae, which was thrown up on the shores by the waves. The shores, the surface of the water in the marsh, and indeed the whole lake was a solid, Fig. 2. View Looking Northwest Across the Bog. Planks Out- line the Small Section Studied. opaque green. Some of this matter decomposes, and as the cur- rents slowly move along the surface material it shows a wavy and streaked appearance. In the latter part of July this coating, or scum, became very offensive in its decay. It was composed of floating, yellowish masses of more or less spherical outline, some of them attaining a diameter of three or four inches. They have very little coherence and elude the collector by falling in pieces almost at a touch. These masses are composed of Aphanizome- non mingled with scattered fronds of Chlorotricha and Anabaena. 200 Bulletin Wisconsin Natural History Society [Vol. 13, No. 4 ANNOTATED LIST OF ANIMAL SPECIES ON AREA STUDIED It is of course realized that the following list does not include all the species of animals on this bog. Only those are included which were captured on the small area, studied during the months of July and August. ANNELIDA Haemopis lateralis Say. This leech, the only one of the species to be observed, was found creeping in the mud along a plank. Placobdella rugosa Moore. A large, sluggish leech found on the shell of a turtle. MOLLUSCA Lymnaea palustris Mueller. Largest snail found. Present only during July. Many may be seen creeping along the surface of the water. Lymnaea elodes Baker. This large snail is generally found buried in the very wet bog. Planorbis glabratus Baker. Only a few were seen. They seemed to be very rare everywhere on the lake. Succinea retusa Baker. During July there were as many as two or more of these snails on every square inch of surface. About four o’clock in the afternoon they would climb up on every grass stem available, and remain there until morning. By nine o’clock all were again buried in the bog and stayed until the next afternoon. CRUSTACEA Cambarus diogenes Girard. The larger individuals of this species make their burrows from four to five feet deep in the bog (fig. 3), but the smaller ones make their burrows from ten to twelve inches in depth, and only under the surface of the water. ARACHNIDA Lycosa helluo Walckenar. Large spider seen July 23 bearing its cocoon to a “nest” under a stone. Coelotes fidelis Banks. A small spider which spins its web between the stalks of the marsh reeds. Only a few of this species were seen. INSECTA Hymenoptera Pelopaeus cementarius sphecidae Comstock. Several of these wasps were observed while collecting mud for their nests. Prosopis modesta Say. This species was frequently seen flying about the purple blossoms of Iris versicolor. 1915] Andrews: Survey of Lake Butte Des Morts Boa 201 Halictus hortensis Lovell. This small wasp was found in great numbers flying about the coarse grass. It is preyed upon by many of the larger insects. Coleoptera Tetraopes tetraophthalmus Hancock. Often seen resting singly, or in pairs, on the leaves of the swamp milk-weed — Asclepias incarnata. Pyropyga fenestralis Melsh. Always seen late in the afternoon resting on the leaves of the water plantain — Alisma Plantago aquatica. Pyropyga decipiens Harris. Smaller than the Pyropyga fenestralis, and not as numerous. Calopteron reticulatum Harris. This beetle is found on the water plan- tain. It feeds on small insects, such as leaf hoppers. Pterosticus lucublandus Comstock. Two of this species of ground beetle were found under a plank August 4. No others were found at any time during the observation. Diptera Scatophaga callopistra annulipes Comstock. This species was common everywhere on the bog. Stomoxys calcitrans Meig. This fly was very common in August. Phormia regina Meig. Seen almost everywhere on the bog throughout July and August. Lucilia sylvarium Meig. Very numerous in July; rather rare in August. Lucilius caesar Comstock. Found near the shore. Not many flew far out over the bog. Chrysops Niger Comstock. These flies which are powerful flyers were very abundant during the hottest days of July. Chrysops sackeni Hine. Two of these flies were seen the last week in July. No others were observed. Dolichopus lobatus Loew. Present in moderate numbers during the first weeks of July. Dolichopus brevimanus Loew. This fly, present in moderate numbers all through July, did not seem to do anything except fly about — pausing to rest every now and then on the leaves of some plant. Psilophius ciliatus Comstock. Often seen pursuing smaller insects which it ate head first. Toxomerus (Mesogramma) germinatus Say. This small fly, which was very abundant about the seeds of the Sagittaria, was the prey of several species of damsel flies. Toxomerus (Mesogramma) marginatus Say. Not quite as numerous as Toxomerus germinatus. Also the prey of the damsel flies. Platychirus quadratus Say. Found in small numbers during July. Sarcophaga sp? Meig. This is a large fly, and a powerful flyer. Only a few were seen. Winthemia quadrupus tulata Tabi. Very plentiful; especially during July. 202 Bulletin Wisconsin Natural History Society [Vol. 13, No. 4 Stratiomyia normula Loew. One of these flies was seen in July and one in August on the leaves of Spiraea salicifolia, the meadow sweet. Syritta pipiens Loew. Several were seen in July; only one was seen in August. Phorbia fusciceps Zett. A brightly colored fly often seen in August flying about the meadow sweet. Leucomelina garrula Geig. Found in small numbers during August. Tipula abdominalis Howard. Only one of these crane flies was observed. It flies very slowly, and only for a short distance at a time. Tetragnatha straminea Comstock. Frequently seen in the early morn- ing flying from leaf to leaf of the different water plants. Hemiptera Ceresa bubalis Fabr. Two of this species were seen in August. Diedrocephala sp? Fabr. This small fly, which was preyed upon by the damsel-flies, but not easily captured by them, was very common among the reeds throughout July and August. Ranatra fusca Comstock. Only one individual of this species was seen. It was captured while crawling along a submerged reed. Limnobates lineata Comstock. These insects were found on water plan- tain early in July. As the bog became drier they migrated out into the lake, so that none were found on the plot after the first week in July. Ephemerida Hexagenia limbata Pictet. Very few of these May flies were observed. They were the prey of several species of dragon flies. Odonata Anax junius Drury. This — the largest dragon fly seen on the bog — was observed during the months of July and August, although their numbers ' became greatly diminished in August. Aeschna verticalis Hagen. Very rare all over the bog. Not more than five or six were seen throughout the months of July and August. Aeschna constricta Hagen. More plentiful than Aeschna verticalis , but still not very numerous. Libellula pulchella Drury. This species — the most numerous of all the dragon flies — was found throughout July and August. The females poise themselves close to the water, remain almost motionless for a few seconds, and then quickly strike the water with the tip of the abdomen as they lay their eggs. The males and females resemble each other very closely in size, shape, and coloring. Amphiagrion saucium Burmeister. These insects were seen in great numbers in August. Comparatively rare during July. Sympetrum rubicundulum Say. These dragon flies are easily distin- guished from those of other species by the yellow or reddish yellow tone of their bodies. 1915] Andrews: Survey of Lake Butte Des Morts Boa 203 Ischnura verticalis Say. Females of this species are dimorphic. They may be black like the male, or orange. The orange colored females were the most common. Few males were seen. Lestes rectangularis Say. Found in August in large numbers. Few seen in July. Leucorhinia intacta Hagen. This species is distinguished from similar species by its white face. Leucorhinia glacialis Hagen. Very rare. Only two were seen during the entire period of observation. Enallagma signatum Charpentier. Enallagma pollutum. Charpentier. Enallagma ebrium Hagen. The Enallagmas were present during the first of July, but became very rare during the third and fourth weeks. In August none were seen. Orthoplera Nemobius fasciatus DeGeer. This small cricket was found only on the bog, and was the prey of Rana pipiens. Nemobius palustris Blatchley. This cricket was present in very large numbers during August. As many as half a dozen or more were counted in an area of one square foot. Conocephalus palustris Blatchley. This bright green insect was ob- served in large numbers all through July. Its coloring so closely resembled that of the reeds that it could hardly be distinguished from them. Xiphidium fasciatum, Blatchley. Two of these katydids were seen in the first week in August. Lepidoptera Euvanessa antiopa Kellog. The larva of this butterfly feeds on the marsh grass. Only a few were observed. Junonia coenia Kellog. The larvae of this butterfly were very numerous. On July 25 six of them were found feeding on the stems of Iris versicolor. Anosia plexippus Kellog. Generally seen flying about the swamp milk- weed. Basilarchia archippus Kellog. This butterfly was often seen flying about the bog during August. Pieris rapae immaculata Holland. The only individual of this species observed was found on July 8. VERTEBRATA Amphibia Rana pipiens Shreber. Very abundant. During the day it remained on shore where it captured many crickets. Bufo americanus LeConte. Only one was observed on the bog. Sev- eral others were seen on land near by. 204 Bulletin Wisconsin Natural History Society [VoI. 13, No. 4 Chorophilus nigratus LeConte. Only a few of these were seen on the bog. Inland they were present in great numbers. Several were observed while capturing the leaf hoppers and small flies. REPTILIA Chrysemys bellii Gray. These turtles are often seen basking on logs which stick up out of the water. They are very easily alarmed and quickly scramble off to hiding places in the mud and vegetation at the bottom of the bog. Aves Agelaius phoeniceus phoeniceus Linnaeus. These black birds feed on the wild rice which grows on the bog. During September and October they appeared in great flocks. Butorides virescens virescens Linnaeus. One was observed on the 6th of August. They are not very common in this locality. EVERYDAY LIFE ON THE BOG Animal life on a bog is an almost ceaseless round of activity. On a hot summer day alert dragon flies are constantly winging here and there in pursuit of small insects which they either devour instantly or carry to their stations at the top of some dead reed. At times one will sail down to the water’s surface where she mo- mentarily dips her body to release an egg. Nowhere can more striking coloring be found than among these graceful creatures. Here is one with a body of bright green and with wings almost transparent; a second later another comes with a body of bril- liant red, a third of shiny black, and finally another with a body of bluish gray. In this association, but nearer the shore and almost hidden among the reeds, are the damsel flies. Lestes, the most common, lightly steals about, the female forming a graceful arch with her body as she places her eggs one by one in the plant stems. Numerous species of smaller insects — such as brightly colored flies, beetles, grasshoppers, and small moths and butterflies — fly about among the reeds and grass. In the low vegetation are several species of snails and ground beetles, many of them buried in the cool, damp bog. Far out in the marsh the occasional croak of a frog or the splash- ing of a turtle is heard. And every now and then the red winged black bird flies over the marsh giving his flute-like ok a lee. 1915] Andrews: Survey of Lake Butte Des Morts Bog 205 All day long there is a constant activity which reaches its great- est height between the hours of twelve and two. ANIMAL LIFE ON A SMALL SECTION OF THE BOG Perhaps the most general impression produced by a first ac- quaintance with any small section of the bog is the apparent absence of animal life during certain hours of the day, and the great activity during certain other hours. Tables III, IV, and V will give an idea of the number and kind of animals present at different hours. Table III deals with those found from the fifth to the twentieth of July; Table IV gives those present from the twentieth to the thirty-first; and Table V those found during the first ten days of August. TABLE III Showing those animals which were active on the area of observation from July 5 to July 20 ORDER SPECIES 6.30 A. M. 7.30 A. M. 9.30 A. M. 11.30 A. M. 1.00 P. M. 3.30 P. M. 5.30 P. M. Aves Agelaius phoeniceus phoe- niceus * * * * * * * Amphibia. Rana pipiens * * * * • * * Odnnat.a Libellula pulchella 1 1 2 4 Enallagma ebrium 1 3 4 4 5 2 Enallagma pollutum 1 1 Aeschna constricta 1 1 Sympetrum rubicundulum . . 1 Lepidoptera Eu vanessa antiopa (larva)... 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 O rt.h npt.pr a Nemobius fasciatus 1 1 1 1 V,ph am ari rl a Hexagenia limbata TTam l ptara Diedrocephalus, sp 10 2 2 2 Limnobates lineata Ranatra fuscea 1 2 Diptera Lucilia syl varum 1 1 1 Tetragnatha straminea 1 1 1 Lucilius caesar 1 5 Dolichopus lobatus 1 1 15 15 15 3 Dolicbopus brevimanus 1 2 Chrysops niger 1 Coleoptera Pterosticus lucublandus 1 Hymenoptera Pelopaeus cementarius sphe- cidae 1 2 1 Arachnida Rapt, ilia Chrysemys bellii 1 Mollusca Lymnaea elodes 1 1 1 1 2 1 Lymnaea palustris 2 2 Succinea retusa 25 20 10 14 18 Annelida Placobdella rugosa 1 206 Bulletin Wisconsin Natural History Society [Vol. 13, No. 4 TABLE IV Showing those animals which were active on the area of observation from July 20 to July 31 ORDER SPECIES 6.30 A. M. 7.30 A. M. 9.30 A. M. 11.30 A. M. 1.00 P. M. 3.30 P. M. 5.30 P. M. niceus * * * * * * * * * * * * * * Bufo americanus 1 1 1 Enallagma 1 1 1 2 Libellula pulchella 2 5 2 Sympetrum rubiculundum.. 1 1 1 1 Aeschna verticalis 1 Aeschna constricta 1 Anax junius 1 6 6 3 3 2 j Orthoptera Conocephalis palustris 2 3 3 Nemobius fasciatus 1 Ephemerida Hexagenia limbata 1 Hemiptera Diedrocephala 4 12 18 5 3 Diptera Scatophaga callopistra an- 1 nulipes 2 2 1 1 Toxomerus germinatus 3 2 20 16 8 6 Tetragnatha straminea 1 Lucilius caesar 1 1 Phornia regina 1 Psilophius ciliatus 3 3 Chrysops sackeni 2 Winthemia quadrupestulata 1 Dolichopus brevimanus 1 Tipula abdominalis 1 Coleoptera Tetraopes tetraophthalmus.. 2 4 2 Pyropyga decipiens 1 Pyropyga fenestralis 1 1 1 Hymenoptera Halictus hortensis 1 2 2 5 Prosopis modesta 3 2 1 Aracbnida Coelotes fedelis 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Lycosa hellulo 1 Reptilia Chrysemys bellii . 1 Mollusca Lymnaea palustris . 1 1 Succinea retusa 25 25 3 8 10 Lymnaea elodes 1 1 1 Annelida Haemopis lateralis 1 These tables show that certain species which were very active in the morning disappeared in the afternoon, and also that many found in great numbers during the first part of July were absent in August and to some extent during the last weeks of July. This is strikingly brought out by the total absence of Toxomerus ger- minatus and Toxomerus marginatus in August, although they were 1915] Andrews: Survey of Lake Butte Des Morts Bog 207 TABLE V Mowing those animals which were active on the area of observation from August 1-August 10 ORDER SPECIES 5.30 A. M. 7.30 A. M. 9.30 A. M. 11.30 A. M. 1.00 P. M. 3.30 P. M. 5.30 P. M. Aves Agelaius phoeniceus phoe- niceus * * * * * * * Butorides virescens vires- cens 1 Rana pipiens * * * * Chorophilus nigratus 1 1 1 Odonata Libellula pulchella 1 1 9 o Amphiagrion saucium 1 1 4 L 5 3 1 Leucorhinia glacialis 1 Lestes rectangularis 3 1 1 Basilarchia archippus 1 1 1 1 1 Orthoptera Nemobius fasciatus 1 o Nemobius palustris A 1 1 4 4 Xiphidium fasciatum Ephemerida Hemiptera Diedrocephala 4 Ceresa bubalis 2 6 Diptera Scatophaga callopistra an- nulipes 2 Stomoxys calcitrans 2 3 Phormia regina 1 Phorbia fusciceps 2 2 2 1 Toxomerus germinatus 2 Stratismgia normula 1 Syritta pipiens 1 Leucomelina garrula 1 Lucilius caesar 1 Coleoptera Pyropyga fenestralis 2 1 4 Calopteron reticulatum 1 3 2 Pterosticus lucublandus 2 Pyropyga decipiens 1 Hymenoptera Halictus hortensis . . . 1 Prosopis modesta 1 Arachnida Coelotes fedelis 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 Reptilia Chrvsemvs hellii 1 1 2 1 Crustacea Cambarus diogenes . . 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 Mollusca Succinea retusa 5 5 1 1 3 3 3 present in great numbers during the second and third weeks of July. One reason for their disappearance was probably the fact that these insects were esteemed a delicacy by many of the larger insects, the damsel flies, especially, pursued and devoured them in great numbers. The dragon flies seem almost never to pause for rest. Some catch their prey while flying, eat it while flying, and some of them 208 Bulletin Wisconsin Natural History Society [Vol. 13, No. 4 deposit their eggs while on the wing. The damsel flies are not so active. Some of them rest a large part of the time, clinging to the stems or leaves close to the shore. Many of the Odonata after capturing their prey perch them- selves upon a dead reed where they devour it at their leisure. Each chooses one particular station, and returns to this after every forage. Aeschna constricta , Anax junius, and Libellula pul- chella choose the tops of the reeds far out in the marsh. Amphia- grion saucium and Sympetrum rubicundulum seek those nearer shore, and instead of resting at the end of a stalk would perch themselves a little way down. The damsel flies choose the reeds near shore and cling to them at least a third of the way down the stem. We find the smaller damsel flies hovering about near the shore, half hidden by the grasses and reeds; the larger damsel flies a little higher; the small dragon flies about a foot above the tops of the reeds; while the larger species have for their hunting ground the entire marsh. May-flies or mosquitoes seldom escaped capture by the larger predators. Only one May-fly, Hexagenia limbata, and one mos- quito were seen during July on the area under observation, al- though such insects were present in great numbers in other parts of the lake where the dragon flies were less numerous. The mating of the Odonata is very interesting. When the sun is hottest they fly the fastest, in great curves, short darts, or zig- zag lines. Often several males pursue the same female. When one succeeds in capturing her, he curves the tip of his abdomen around beneath that of hers, and often remains in this position while she deposits her eggs. Aeschna bores holes along the ridges in the “burr grass,” and deposits her eggs one by one. Anax junius deposits its eggs in the reeds under the water. Others simply touch the surface from time to time with the tip of their abdomen. Many of the damsel flies deposit their eggs on submerged reeds where they hatch out in a couple of days into larvae which float along the surface. By five o’clock in the afternoon most of the dragon and damsel flies had taken up their posts for the night among the reeds where they had been most active during the day. Some of them, how- ever, Amphiagrion saucium in particular, flew back from the bog and slept in the timothy grass along the road side. That these 1915] Andrews: Survey of Lake Butte Des Morts Boa 209 insects are oblivious to external conditions while they sleep is shown by the fact that a white net can be swayed back and forth a few inches from their eyes and they appear totally unconscious of it. No response is elicited when the wings are lightly stroked. Sympetrum rubicundulum could be picked up in the fingers before awakening, and then — after being released — would fly only a few feet and there take up a station again on another reed. The swamp milk-weed, Asclepias incarnata, attracted a number of the smaller insects — the red beetle, Tetraopes tetraophthalmus, resting singly or in pairs on the leaves of this plant. The life of this beetle is intimately connected with the milk-weed. The roots and lower parts of the stem furnish nutrition for the larva which burrows into it; the flowers give food to the adult. Be- sides Tetraopes, the flowers attract many other insects as bees, wasps, flies, butterflies, moths, beetles, and occasionally bugs. Some of these are guided by the bright coloring; some, perhaps, are led to the nectar by the odor. Many pause only to rest as they fly about from plant to plant. Iris versicolor also attracts many small insects. The little syr- phus flies are often seen on the blossoms, moving their abdomens up and down as they feed— a habit which gives them a remarkable resemblance to bees. When resting, these little flies remain quietly on a flower or stalk with their wings folded together over their back. Tabanid flies also hover about this plant probably in search of a suitable place to lay their eggs. The larva of the vice- roy feeds in great numbers on the iris stems, although it feeds also on several other bog plants — as Sagittaria and Alisma planta - go-aquatica. The monarch caterpillar seems to prefer the milkweed where several were taken. All spun their cocoons, but only one came out. The others have been parasitized by some hymenopteron. A dozen of the larva of Junonia coenia were taken, and all but one developed into adult butterflies. The grasshoppers and crickets fed on algae and other small plants. The grasses and the meadow sweet, Spiraea salicifolia, furnished food for some of the snails. During the first of July three species of snails were present on the small section of bog, but later in the month — as the water receded — Lymnaea and Planorbis migrated further out. Succinea 210 Bulletin Wisconsin Natural History Society [Vol. 13, No. 4 retusa was very numerous throughout July and August. The slight drying out of the bog did not seem to affect them, as there were at least one — if not two — of these snails on every square inch of surface. About five o’clock in the afternoon they would crawl up on the grass or stems, and would remain there until morning. By nine o’clock next day every one of them was half buried in the mud, and remained so until afternoon. The crayfish, Cambarus diogenes, seemed to be the only animal which burrowed into the ground. Its chimneys (fig. 3) were a Fig. 3. The Chimney Hole of a Cray Fish, Cambarus diogenes. common sight in August above the holes which were sometimes five feet, or more in depth. A little dab of mud, or cap, was usu- ally fastened over the top of the burrow. When the owner left his burrow to seek the water, the cap was left off. Some of the larger crayfishes made their burrows back several feet on the shore, but the smaller ones built only under the surface of the water — only the cap of the “tower” showing above the surface. The frogs, which were very numerous, kept busy all day long in pursuit of crickets, small flies, and leaf hoppers which they ate 1915] Andrews: Survey of Lake Butte Des Morts Bog 211 in great numbers. A few tree toads were seen industriously cap- turing small flies and leaf hoppers. The turtles, which were not very common, sat looking in the sun on the top of some floating log, or concealed themselves in the water far out on the marsh. SUMMARY The bog has its characteristic animals and plants, as the forest the meadow, or the roadside have theirs. The dragon flies are the most conspicuous animals. Their hunting ground may be divided into horizontal zones, each characterized by the presence of a few particular species. One reason for this is that the dragon flies prey upon one another — the larger individuals eating the smaller ones. May-flies and mosquitoes were not seen where the dragon flies were numerous, though they were very common in other parts of the bog where there were no dragon flies. Certain species of insects common in July were seldom seen in August. They either completed their life cycle in this short time, or died because they were unable to resist adverse conditions. As the bog dries up, certain species of snails migrate to deeper water so that many present in July were gone in August. The chimney holes of the crayfish were not very numerous until in August. The greatest activity of the bog animals occurred between the hours of 12 noon and 2 p.m. Before eight in the morning and after five in the afternoon snails and a few beetles were about the only animals that could be seen. BIBLIOGRAPHY Jackson, Hartley, H. T. 1914 The Land Vertebrates of Ridgeway Bog, Wisconsin: Their Ecological Succession and Source of Ingres- sion. Bull. Wis. Nat. Hist. Soc., 12, 4-54. Pearse, A. S. 1913, 1914 Observations on the Fauna of the Rock Beaches at Nahant, Massachusetts. Bull. Wis. Nat. Hist. Soc., 11, 8- 34; 12, 72-80. Shelford 1913 Animal Communities in Temperate America. xiii+ 362. Zoological Laboratory, University of Wisconsin. July 1, 1915. INDEX Animals, Lake Butte Des Morts Bog Animals, Wingra Springs region Andrews, Olive, articles 189, Asynarchus simplex Avian zonation Barrett, S. A., lecture Barth, G. P., talks by 47, Biersach, Adolph, talk by Birds, Green Lake Co., list. . . . Birds, Wingra Springs region... Brah, B. H., talk by Brinckley, W. J., talks by.. .47, Cahn, A. R., articles 102, Centhophilus latens Clowes, H., talk by Denniston, R. H., lecture *Diamesa mendotae *Diaptomus pribilofensis Entomostraca Fishes, shore, list of, food Gomphus cornutus Gomphus lentulus Graenicher, S., talk by Griffith, E. M., lecture Harris’s sparrow Heddle, J. R., talks by 4, *Heterocope septentrionalis Juday, C., and R. A. Muttkow- ski, article Lotz, L., talk by Lowe, J. N., article Members, list of 185 Milwaukee-Downer College, gift of 5 Monroe, C. E., talk by 181 Muttkowski, C. Juday and R. A., article 23 Muttkowski, R. A., articles, 42, 49, 106 Muttkowski, R. A., and A. D. Whedon, article 88 Newman, H. H., lecture 3 Pachymacocos 180 Pearse, A. S., article 7 Pearse, A. S., lectures 2, 182 Pope, T. E. B., talk by 182 Proceedings 1, 47, 179 Psychoda cinerea 109 Strong, R. M., lecture 1 Teller, E. E., talks by... .2, 3, 4, 47 Tetragoneuria, list of species.. . 55 *Tetragoneuria , semiaquea cal - verti 53 Tuckahoe 179 Turner, C. L., article 32 Ward, H. L., talk by 179 Washburn, R. G., talk by 179 Werner, F. W., talk by 182 West, G. A., talk by 182 Whedon, R. A. Muttkowski and A. D., article 88 Zonotrichia querula 102 200 174 196 42 149 5 182 179 64 152 182 179 123 32 3 181 116 25 23 12 88 99 180 181 102 181 27 23 182 62 JA CONTENTS Proceedings The Ability of Turtles to Discriminate Between Sounds ^ . Olive Andrews An Ecological Survey of Lake Butte des Morts Bog, Oshkosh, Wisconsin . . Olive V. Andrews Actual date of issue April 10, 1920. No. 3, Vol. XIII, was issued October 26, 1915. Date Due